e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31,
2010
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period from
to
|
Commission file number
000-52049
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES,
INC.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
06-1594540
|
(State of
incorporation)
|
|
(IRS Employer Identification
No.)
|
750 Route
202 South, Suite 600, Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807
(Address
of principal executive offices, including ZIP
code)
(866) 620-3940
(Registrants telephone
number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered
|
Common Stock, par value $.0001 par value
|
|
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act of
1933. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange
Act). Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file
such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the registrant was required to submit and post such
files). Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of Registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer þ
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller
reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common
stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of
June 30, 2010, based upon the closing price of the common
stock as reported by The NASDAQ Stock Market on such date was
approximately $368 million.
As of February 22, 2011, a total of 37,465,695 shares
of the Registrants common stock were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Information required by Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13
and 14) is incorporated by reference to portions of the
registrants definitive Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders (the Proxy Statement), which
is expected to be filed not later than 120 days after the
registrants fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.
Except as expressly incorporated by reference, the Proxy
Statement shall not be deemed to be a part of this report on
Form 10-K.
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
FORM 10-K
DECEMBER
31, 2010
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
2
PART I
The words Synchronoss, we,
our, ours, us and the
Company refer to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. All
statements in this discussion that are not historical are
forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, including statements regarding Synchronoss
expectations, beliefs,
hopes, intentions,
strategies or the like. Such statements are based on
managements current expectations and are subject to a
number of factors and uncertainties that could cause actual
results to differ materially from those described in the
forward-looking statements. Synchronoss cautions investors that
there can be no assurance that actual results or business
conditions will not differ materially from those projected or
suggested in such forward-looking statements as a result of
various factors, including, but not limited to, the risk factors
discussed in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Synchronoss expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to
release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking
statements contained herein to reflect any change in
Synchronoss expectations with regard thereto or any change
in events, conditions, or circumstances on which any such
statements are based.
General
We are a leading provider of on-demand transaction, content and
connectivity management solutions that enable communications
service providers (CSPs), cable operators/multi-services
operators (MSOs), original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) with
embedded connectivity (e.g. smartphones, laptops, netbooks and
mobile Internet devices, among others),
e-Tailers/retailers,
enterprise businesses, and other customers to accelerate and
monetize their
go-to-market
strategies for connected devices. This includes automating
subscriber activation, order management, service provisioning
and connectivity and content management from any channel (e.g.,
e-commerce,
telesales, enterprise, indirect and other retail outlets, etc.)
to any communication service (e.g., wireless (2G, 3G, 4G), high
speed access, local access, IPTV, cable, satellite TV, etc.)
across any connected device type.
Our
ConvergenceNow®,
ConvergenceNow®
Plus+tm
and
InterconnectNowtm
platforms provide
end-to-end
seamless integration between customer-facing
channels/applications, communication services, or devices and
back-office infrastructure-related systems and
processes. Our customers rely on our solutions and technology to
automate the process of activation and content management for
their customers devices while delivering additional
communication services. Our platforms are designed to be
flexible and scalable to enable multiple converged communication
services to be managed across multiple distribution channels,
including
e-commerce,
telesales, customer stores, indirect and other retail outlets,
etc., allowing us to meet the rapidly changing and converging
services and connected devices offered by our customers. We
enable our customers to acquire, retain and service subscribers
quickly, reliably and cost-effectively by simplifying the
processes associated with managing the customer experience for
activating and synchronizing connected devices and services
through the use of our platforms.
Our industry-leading customers include tier 1 service
providers such as AT&T Inc., Verizon Wireless and Vodafone,
tier 1 cable operators/MSOs like Cablevision, Charter
Communications, Comcast, and Time Warner Cable and large OEMs
such as Apple, Dell, Panasonic and Nokia. These customers
utilize our platforms, technology and services to service both
consumer and business customers, including over 300 of the
Fortune 500 companies.
We were incorporated in Delaware in 2000. Our Web address is
www.synchronoss.com. On this Web site, we post the
following filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they
are electronically filed with or furnished to the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC): our annual
reports on
Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q,
our current reports on
Form 8-K,
our proxy statement on Form 14A related to our annual
stockholders meeting and any amendment to those reports or
statements filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All
such filings are available on the Investor Relations portion of
our Web site free of charge. The contents of our Web site are
not intended to be incorporated by reference into this
Form 10-K
or in any other report or document we file.
3
Synchronoss
Platforms
Our
ConvergenceNow®,
ConvergenceNow®
Plus+tm
and
InterconnectNowtm
platforms provide highly scalable on-demand,
end-to-end
order processing, transaction management, service provisioning
and content transfer and synchronization through multiple
channels including
e-commerce,
telesales, enterprise, indirect, and retail outlets. Our
platforms are designed to be flexible and scalable across a wide
range of existing communication services and connected devices,
while offering a
best-in-class
experience for our customers.
Our
ConvergenceNow®
platform orchestrates the complex and different back-end systems
of communication service providers to provide a
best-in-class
ordering and content management system by orchestrating the
workflow, consolidated customer care services and content
transfer and synchronization. This allows CSPs using
ConvergenceNow®
to realize the full benefits of their offerings.
Our
ConvergenceNow®
Plus+tm
platform offers all of the features of our core
ConvergenceNow®
platform and extends those features into more transaction areas
required to enable subscriber management for connected devices
including directly on the device itself. In addition,
ConvergenceNow®
Plus+tm
is specifically designed to support connected devices, such as
smartphones, mobile Internet devices (MIDS), laptops, netbooks
and wirelessly enabled consumer electronics such as cameras,
tablets,
e-readers,
personal navigation devices, global positioning system devices,
etc. Specifically,
ConvergenceNow®
Plus+tm
supports, among other transaction areas, credit card billing,
inventory management, and trouble ticketing.
A key element of
ConvergenceNow®
Plus+tm
is the Content Transfer and Synchronization (CT&S) solution
which ensures content is portable between mobile platforms and
operator networks. Synchronoss solutions offer cross
channel support for upgrading devices
and/or
moving between mobile operators.
Our
InterconnectNowtm
platform supports the physical transactions involved in customer
activation and service such as managing access service requests,
local service requests, local number portability, and directory
listings.
In addition to handling large volumes of customer transactions
quickly and efficiently, our platforms are designed to
recognize, isolate and address transactions when there is
insufficient information or other erroneous process elements.
This knowledge enables us to adapt our solutions to automate a
higher percentage of transactions over time, further improving
the value of our solutions to our customers. Our platforms also
offer a centralized reporting platform that provides
intelligent, real-time analytics around the entire workflow
related to any transaction. This reporting allows our customers
to appropriately identify buying habits and trends, define their
subscribers segments and pin-point areas where their
business has increased or could be improved. The automation and
ease of integration of our platforms were designed to enable our
customers to lower the cost of new subscriber acquisitions,
enhance the accuracy and reliability of customer transactions
thus reducing the inbound service call volumes, and respond
rapidly to competitive market conditions. Our platforms offer
flexible, scalable solutions backed by service level agreements
(SLAs) and exception handling.
Our platforms manage transactions relating to a wide range of
existing communications and digital content services across the
different segments of our customers. For example, we enable
wireless providers to conduct
business-to-consumer,
or B2C,
business-to-business,
or B2B, enterprise and indirect channel (i.e.:
resellers/dealers) transactions. The capabilities of our
platforms are designed to provide our customers with the
opportunity to improve operational performance and efficiencies
and rapidly deploy new services. They are also designed to
provide customers the opportunity to improve performance and
efficiencies for activation, content migration and management
for connected devices.
Our platforms are designed to be:
Highly Automated: We designed our platforms to
eliminate manual processes and to automate otherwise
labor-intensive tasks, thus improving operating efficiencies and
order accuracy and reducing costs. By tracking every order and
identifying those that are not provisioned properly, our
platforms were designed to substantially reduce the need for
manual intervention and reduce unnecessary customer service
center calls. The technology of our platforms automatically
guides a customers request for service through the entire
series of required steps.
4
Predictable and Reliable: We are committed to
providing high-quality, dependable services to our customers. To
ensure reliability, system uptime and other service offerings,
our transaction management is guaranteed through SLAs. Our
platforms offer a complete customer management solution,
including exception handling, which we believe is one of the
main factors that differentiates us from our competitors. In
performing exception handling, our platforms recognize and
isolate transaction orders that are not configured to
specifications, process them in a timely manner and communicate
these orders back to our customers, thereby improving efficiency
and reducing backlog. If manual intervention is required, our
exception handling is outsourced to centers located in India,
Canada and the United States. Additionally, our database design
preserves data integrity while ensuring fast, efficient,
transaction-oriented data retrieval methods.
Seamless: Our platforms integrate information
across our customers entire operation, including
subscriber information, order information, delivery status,
installation scheduling and content stored on the device to
allow for the seamless activation and content transfer during
the device purchase flow. Through our solution, the device is
automatically activated and consumers content is available
for use, ensuring continuity of service. CSPs and
e-Tailers/retailers
can bundle additional applications during retail phone
purchases, and also provide live updates to support new features
and new devices. We have built our platforms using an open
design with fully-documented software interfaces, commonly
referred to as application programming interfaces, or APIs. Our
APIs make it easier for our customers, strategic partners and
other third parties to integrate our platforms with other
software applications and to build cloud-based applications
incorporating third-party or customer-designed capabilities.
Through our open design and alliance program, we provide our
customers with superior solutions that combine our technology
with
best-of-breed
applications with the efficiency and cost-effectiveness of
commercial, packaged interfaces.
Scalable: Our platforms are designed to
process expanding transaction volumes reliably and cost
effectively. While our transaction volume has increased rapidly
since our inception, we try to anticipate substantial future
growth in transaction volumes, and we believe our platforms are
capable of scaling their output commensurately, requiring
principally routine computer hardware and software updates.
Synchronoss Technologies synchronization and activation
platforms routinely support more than 4000 transactions a minute
and have proven the ability handle bursts in excess of 400
transactions per second when needed in some of our current
production deployments. We saw the number of transactions for
connected devices, such as smartphones, mobile Internet devices,
netbooks, laptops and other connected consumer electronics, grow
to become one of the fastest growing transaction types across
all our platforms, products and services.
Value-add Reporting Tools: Our platforms
attributes are tightly integrated into the critical workflows of
our customers. The platforms have analytical reporting
capabilities that provide near real-time information for every
step of the relevant transaction processes. In addition to
improving end-user customer satisfaction, these capabilities
provide our customers with value-added insights into historical
and current transaction trends. We also offer mobile reporting
capabilities for key users to receive critical data about their
transactions on connected devices.
Build Consumer Loyalty: Our synchronization
services help drive consumers to the CSPs, OEM or
e-Tailer/Retailers
Web site by presenting them with a branded application and
fully-integrated Web portal that provides convenience, security,
and continuity for end user customers, which we believe helps
our customers by further building the loyalty of their customers.
Efficient: Our platforms capabilities
provide what we believe to be a more cost-effective, efficient
and productive approach to enabling new activations across
services and channels. Our solutions allow our customers to
reduce overhead costs associated with building and operating
their own customer transaction management infrastructure. With a
more than 95% automated activation rate and consolidated fall
out customer service, our
e-commerce
platforms consolidate customer service fall out and dramatically
reduce our customer subscriber acquisition/retention costs in
addition to operating expenses for training and staffing costs.
We also provide our customers with the information and tools to
more efficiently manage marketing and operational aspects of
their business.
Quick Concept to Market Delivery: The
automation and ease of integration of our on-demand platform
allow our customers to accelerate the deployment of their
services and new service offerings by shortening the
5
time between a subscribers order and the provisioning of
service or activation and enabling of a connected device(s).
Designed to integrate with back-office systems, our platforms
allow work to flow electronically across our customers
organization while providing ready access to performance and
resource usage information in providing activation and
subscriber management.
Our platforms are comprised of several distinct modules, each
providing solutions to the most common and critical needs of our
customers.
PerformancePartner®
Portal
Our
PerformancePartner®
portal is a graphical user interface that allows entry of
transaction data into the gateway. Through the
PerformancePartner®
portal, customers can set up accounts, renew contracts and
update and submit new transactions for transaction management
processing.
Gateway
Manager
Our Gateway Manager provides the capability to fulfill multiple
types of transactions. These gateways are the engines that
support our customers front-end portals, handling hundreds
of thousands of transactions on a monthly basis. Our gateways
deliver a flexible architecture, supporting seamless entry and
rapid time to market. In addition, these gateways contain
business rules to interact with the customers back-office
and third-party trading partners.
WorkFlow
Manager
Our WorkFlow Manager provides a seamless interaction with all
third-party relationships and enables customers to have a single
transaction view, including all relevant data from third-party
systems. The WorkFlow Manager is designed to ensure that each
customer transaction is fulfilled accurately and offers:
|
|
|
|
|
Flexible configuration to meet individual customer requirements
|
|
|
|
Centralized queue management for maximum productivity
|
|
|
|
Real-time visibility for transaction revenues management
|
|
|
|
Exception handling management
|
|
|
|
Order view availability during each stage of the transactional
process
|
|
|
|
Uniform look and integrated experience.
|
By streamlining all procurement processes from pre-order through
service activation and billing, our WorkFlow Manager reduces
many costs and time impediments that often delay our
customers process of delivering products and services to
end-users.
Visibility
Manager
Our Visibility Manager provides historical trending and mobile
reporting to our customers, supports best business practices and
processes and allows our customers to monitor daily metrics to
determine whether process objectives are met or exceeded. The
Visibility Manager offers:
|
|
|
|
|
A centralized reporting platform that provides intelligent
analytics around the entire workflow
|
|
|
|
Transaction management information
|
|
|
|
Historical trending
|
|
|
|
Mobile reporting for key users to receive critical transaction
data on mobile devices.
|
6
Content
Synchronization Portal
Our Content Synchronization Portal facilitates seamless content
migration across devices from different platforms, for instance.
Our Content Synchronization Portal (i) protects consumer
content in the cloud that is accessible from a customer branded
site; (ii) provides comprehensive integration with customer
web presence including single sign on and CSR administrative
access and (iii) provides flexible APIs that provide
synchronization of content across customers disparate
services (e.g. providing a centralized address book solution for
the carriers chosen GPS application, TXT messaging, video
conferencing, and other services)).
Device
Client
Our Device Client provides Smart connectivity for seamless
activation, connection management, and content migration and
synchronization. The Device Client offer customization for
customer brand requirements and availability across major device
operating system platforms for feature phones, smartphones,
computers, and tablets.
Demand
Drivers for Our Business
Our services are capable of managing a wide variety of
transactions across multiple customer delivery channels and
services, enabling us to benefit from increased growth,
complexity and technological change in the communications
industry. As the communications technology industry evolves, new
access networks, connected devices and applications with
multiple services and modes are emerging. This proliferation of
services and advancement of technologies, combined with their
bundling are accelerating subscriber growth and increasing the
number of transactions between our customers and their
subscribers. In addition to this dynamic, our core electronic
transaction management business is further being driven by the
following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
A proliferation of connected devices led by
a) new & richer operating systems
that challenge the status quo, b) increasing
mobile phone adoption and c) broadband
networks experiencing critical mass
|
|
|
|
Wireless ecosystem undergoing a paradigm shift in its buying
patterns
|
|
|
|
Continued growth of the online channel for the communications
space
|
|
|
|
Consolidation of
e-Tailers/retailers
focused in the communications space
|
|
|
|
Expansion of communication service bundles
|
|
|
|
Pressure on operators to improve efficiency while delivering a
superior subscriber experience
|
|
|
|
Growth of the on-demand delivery model
|
We continue to see embedded connectivity technology within a
vast array of common electronic devices. In fact, many analysts
argue that we may soon find it difficult to find consumer
electronics that dont feature a built in internet
connection. For example by 2014 the number of Internet-connected
devices in homes worldwide will hit 4 billion, up from
around 1 billion today, according to research from Parks
Associates. Additionally, According to IDC, the mobile phone
market will be driven largely by smartphone growth through the
end of 2014. This trend will help drive the smartphone
sub-market
to grow by a forecasted 44%
year-over-year
in 2011.
We see the following drivers behind this development:
New and Richer Operating Systems: In
many ways, new device operating systems like the OSX for the
iPhone/iTouch portfolio, the Android produced by Google,
Windows®
Phone 7, HP Palm WebOS and Blackberry OS for the RIM portfolio
and Sony Playstation phone and next generation PSP for mobile
connected gaming have accelerated the adoption and usage of
smartphones. Additionally, touchscreen based operating systems
have been extended to tablets and many analysts believe we will
see a surge in tablets. For example, according to The Yankee
Group, tablet sales will increase from 21 million units in
2010 to 168 million units in 2014. Revenue is also expected
to rise from $16 billion in 2010 to $46 billion in
2014, spurred by devices such as the
Apple®
iPad and the
Samsung®
Galaxy Tab. In the same way that
Windows®
3.0 accelerated the PC adoption and Mozilla did for the
internet, many industry analysts have made direct
7
correlations between the introduction of these new operating
systems and the explosion of the smartphone category.
Increasing Mobile Adoption in Developed
Countries: The ITU Telecom Database recently
reported 105 cellular subscriptions per 100 inhabitants of
developed countries implying more than one subscription per
person in countries with higher GDP per capita. As operators
address this mobile adoption and the subsequent slowing in top
line growth, they become receptive to new types of devices that
leverage the existing infrastructure (i.e.: connected netbooks,
e-readers,
etc.) and encourage their customers to have more than one
wireless device.
Wireless Broadband Networks Experiencing Critical
Mass: The establishment of multiple broadband
mobile networks (e.g., Universal Mobile Telecommunications
System, High-Speed Downlink Packet Access, Evolution-Data
Optimized, WiMax, and LTE among others) has provided broader
bandwidth to CSPs, while decreasing the access charges, thus
enabling the proliferation of mobile devices and equipment with
embedded connectivity.
With Global 3G wireless networks now covering 21% of the global
population, many analysts have inferred that this is indeed an
inflection point and that adoption will experience an
acceleration of growth. As the enablement of mobile and
connected devices on these networks accelerates, we expect that
the need for a
best-in-class
activation customer experience will rise.
As more of these devices enter the market, many of them with
lower average revenue per user (ARPU) than traditional wireless
services, they will necessitate an efficient and seamless
activation / provisioning system with a best in class
customer experience to differentiate them.
4G-LTE Networks: The emergence of
4G-LTE networks is expected to improve the connected devices
customer experience with higher data speeds and reduced time to
transfer content and applications, devices such as mobile
routers and tablets can generate mobile hotspots. With fixed
mobile broadband, mobile carriers and MSOs can also offer
bundled services.
Wireless Ecosystem Undergoing a Paradigm Shift in its
Buying Patterns: Consumers have traditionally
been accustomed to purchasing their devices and service plans
directly from communications service providers (CSPs). That is,
if they wanted a particular wireless service, they first had to
decide which operator they wanted, and then only after they made
this decision, could they select a phone. We are seeing
considerable forces altering this typical buy flow and in doing
so generating considerable innovation and change in the
ecosystem.
Companies like Dell with the Streak and Amazon with the Kindle
have in some ways contributed to the change of this buy flow
process. Specifically, we are seeing these OEMs invest
considerable resources in developing their direct to
consumer channel and in some cases making it the only
channel available. While this recent change in the ecosystem
offers some advantages to these OEMs it also presents some
challenges for them while at the same time creating a new higher
growth channel for communication service providers who
ultimately provide the access and connectivity. In many ways
analysts have argued that this is a win-win game theory
situation and that ultimately the pie, not
individual slices, is getting larger.
Furthermore we are seeing
e-Tailers/retailers
take a more aggressive approach in their
go-to-market
programs and redefining the ways that connected devices are sold
and activated. Companies like Best Buy Mobile or Radio Shack are
key drivers of this change and have implemented advanced tools
at the disposal of their end customers to buy and activate their
phones either in-store or online.
Managing the activation / provisioning of these
devices and handling the connectivity with the different service
providers is something that is not core to OEMs or
e-Tailers/retailers.
As this dynamic evolves, we expect that there will be an
increasing need for automated
activation / provisioning services as well as other
transaction areas such as, credit card billing, inventory
management, and trouble ticketing.
Continued Growth of the Online Channel for the
Communications
Space: E-commerce
as a distribution channel for CSPs, MSOs, OEMs and traditional
retailers continues to flourish and is projected to grow at a
CAGR of 22% into 2012, according to Datamonitor. Cloud-based
commerce provides our customers with the opportunity to
cost-effectively gain new subscribers, provide service and
interact more effectively. Specifically the cost per gross
8
add (CPGA) for a customer obtained via
e-commerce
can be up to 50% less than those obtained via traditional means.
With the dramatic increase in Internet usage and desire to
directly connect with end users over the course of the customer
lifecycle, service providers are increasingly focusing on
e-commerce
as a channel for acquisition and delivery of ongoing services.
According to industry research firm IDC, the amount of
business-to-business
and
business-to-consumer
spending on
e-Commerce
will rise to more than $16 trillion by 2013. As this channel
continues to experience growth, we expect that there will be an
increasing need to automate the activation and provisioning
process of mobile devices, and provide a
best-in-class
customer experience over the Internet.
Consolidation of
e-Tailers/retailers
focused in the Communications Space: Phones
and connected devices have become sought after consumer items.
Retailer channels will take marketing efforts to another level
to drive demand. Automated systems that are efficient and easy
to use for retail sales representatives will be important to
lower training and staffing costs. This channel represents as
much as 10% growth for some leading CSPs today. Furthermore,
this channel has demonstrated considerable innovation as these
e-Tailers/retailers
attempt to launch emerging devices (e.g.: Amazons Kindle).
As these constituents of the wireless ecosystem continue to
advance their strategies and grow their presence in the
connected devices market place we believe they will require
further support to automate the
activation / provisioning of their new customers and
to assist with the management of their existing customers.
Expansion of Communication Service
Bundles: With subscribers expecting CSPs to
offer all services under one contract, communications companies
continue the development of bundled style offerings of their
available services. In this environment, more CSPs are utilizing
an array of communication delivery technologies to become
all-in-one
providers of communication services. For example, MSOs are
increasingly creating true quad-plays (i.e., voice, video,
high speed data, wireless) with the creation, acquisition
and/or
development of their own wireless networks. As wireless
technology proliferates further into the consumer device market,
we believe we will see an emergence of service bundling that
surpasses the traditional perception of a quad-play, where the
wireless component will encompass an added array of wireless
enabled devices. Frost & Sullivan research projects
revenue from service bundling will continue to grow at a
compounded annual growth rate of 11% into 2013, and that by
2013, 81% of households will use some sort of service bundle. As
quad-play offerings gain more traction and service bundles begin
encompassing emerging devices and technologies, we believe that
the level of complexity in seamlessly delivering these services
will increase significantly and that CSPs will need transaction
management systems that can effectively handle those delivery
challenges.
Pressure on Customers to Improve Efficiency while
Delivering a Superior Subscriber
Experience: Increased competition,
recessionary markets, and excess network capacity have placed
significant pressure on our customers to reduce costs and
increase revenues. At the same time, due to deregulation, the
emergence of new network technologies and the proliferation of
services, the complexity of back-office operations has increased
significantly. Customers with multiple back-end systems are
looking for ways to help their systems interoperate for a better
customer experience. In addition, customers are moving to
automated provisioning systems to enable them to more easily
purchase, upgrade or add new features, application and content.
As a result, customers are looking for ways to offer new
communications services more rapidly and efficiently to existing
and new customers. Increased competition and demand for superior
subscriber experience have placed significant pressure on our
customers to improve customer-centric processes. CSPs are
increasingly turning to transaction based, cost effective,
scalable and automated third-party solutions that can offer
guaranteed levels of service delivery.
Growth in On-Demand Delivery Model: Our
on-demand business model enables delivery of our proprietary
solutions over the Internet as a service. As such, customers do
not have to make large and risky upfront investments in
software, additional hardware, extensive implementation services
and additional IT staff.
Our
Growth Strategy
Our growth strategy is to establish our platforms as the
de-facto industry standard for CSPs, MSOs, OEMs, and
e-Tailers/retailers
while investing in extensions of our services portfolio. We will
continue to focus our technology and efforts around improving
functionality, helping customers drive higher ARPU and
subscriber retention, embracing alternative channels and
allowing more capabilities for ordering bundled applications and
content offerings across these same complex and advanced
networks.
9
Key elements of this strategy are:
Continue our Expansion into the Original Equipment
Manufacturers (OEMs). As OEMs further expand
their footprint into the direct to consumer model,
they will need to develop robust yet nimble capabilities to
support and differentiate their ordering/activation experience.
As new types of connected devices are deployed, we will work
with our customers, such as Dell, Apple and Nokia to enable our
technology to support a plug and play approach to
end users wishing to purchase new advanced services being
offered by these customers.
Leverage the Growth of
e-Commerce
and
e-Tailers as
High Growth Channels for Service Providers. Given
our success in enabling the
e-commerce
channel for our customers, our
ConvergenceNow®
platforms have adopted a Web-friendly architecture that enables
a scalable and beneficial customer activation experience. As we
continue expanding the breadth and depth of our customers
relationships, we will be leveraging our online experience to
enable the growth of companies in the
e-commerce
channel.
Broaden Customer Base and Expand Offering to Existing
Customers. As our existing customers continue to
expand into new distribution channels, such as the rapidly
growing
e-commerce
channel, they will likely need to support new types of
transactions that are managed by our platforms. In addition, we
believe our customers will require new transaction management
solutions as they expand their subscriber customer base, which
will provide us with opportunities to drive increasing amounts
of volume over our platforms. Many customers purchase multiple
services from us, and we believe we are well positioned to
cross-sell additional services to customers who do not currently
purchase our full services portfolio. In addition, the
increasing importance and expansion of cloud-based
e-commerce
has led to increased focus by our customers on their online
distribution, thus providing another opportunity for us to
further penetrate into existing customers. The expansion of our
AT&T relationship and the expansion of our relationship
with Time Warner Cable, Charter Communications and other
customers highlight further penetration of existing customers as
well as the development of a major growth initiative in consumer
digital convergence.
Expand Into New Geographic Markets. Although
the majority of our revenue has traditionally been generated in
North America, we are in the midst of a global expansion to
support our customers expansion. Today we have several
instances of our platforms in Europe and are in the process of
integrating to a variety of carriers in Europe to support our
connected devices customers. We believe that the growth of
connected devices will further drive opportunities to penetrate
new geographic markets within the coming years. Asia/Pacific and
Latin America are of particular interest, as these markets
experience similar trends to those that have driven growth in
North America.
Maintain Technology Leadership. We continue to
build upon our technology leadership by continuing to invest in
research and development to increase the automation of processes
and workflows and develop complementary product modules that
leverage our platforms and competitive strengths, thus driving
increased interest by making it more economical for customers to
use us as a third-party solutions provider. In addition, we
believe our close relationships with our tier 1 customers
will continue to provide us with valuable insights into the
dynamics that are creating demand for next-generation solutions.
Expand through Strategic Partnerships or
Acquisitions. We have fully integrated our
FusionOne, Inc. acquisition and have assimilated the synergies
and efficiencies that this acquisition has afforded us. As we
explore new opportunities, we continue to look for strategic
partnership or acquisition candidates that will enable us to
enter new markets or enhance our offerings.
Customers
Our industry-leading customers include tier 1 service
providers such as AT&T Inc., Verizon Wireless and Vodafone,
tier 1 cable operators /MSOs like Cablevision, Comcast,
Charter and Time Warner Cable and large OEMs/e-Tailers such as
Apple, Dell and Nokia. These customers utilize our platforms,
technology and services to service both consumer and business
customers, including over 300 of the Fortune 500 companies.
We maintain strong and collaborative relationships with our
customers, which we believe to be one of our core competencies
and critical to our success. We are generally the only provider
of the services we offer to our customers. Contracts typically
extend up to 48 months in length from execution and include
minimum transaction or revenue commitments from our customers.
All of our significant customers may terminate their contracts
for
10
convenience upon written notice and in many cases payment of
contractual penalties. Contract penalties received by the
Company are immaterial to the Companys Statements of
Income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and
2008. We have a long-standing relationship with AT&T,
dating back to January 2001 when we began providing service to
AT&T Wireless, which was subsequently acquired by Cingular
Wireless. Through the merger of AT&T with BellSouth,
Cingular Wireless was integrated into AT&T. We are the
primary provider of
e-commerce
transaction management solutions to AT&Ts
e-commerce
channel. Our agreement with AT&T was renewed effective
January 1, 2009 and runs through December of 2011.
AT&T may renew this agreement for two additional one year
periods. This agreement defines the work activities, transaction
pricing, forecasting process, service level agreements and
remedies associated with certain services performed by us for
AT&Ts ecommerce organization. The agreement provides
for AT&T to pay us (i) a monthly hosting fee,
(ii) a fee based on the number of transactions processed
through our technology platform, (iii) a fee based on
manual processing services and (iv) for professional
services rendered by us. For 2010, we received 62% of our
revenues from AT&T, compared to 65% of our revenues in
2009. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of our
revenues in 2010.
Sales and
Marketing
Sales
We market and sell our services primarily through a direct sales
force and through our strategic partners. To date, we have
concentrated our sales efforts on a range of CSPs, OEMs, and
e-Tailers/retailers
both domestically and internationally. Typically our sales
process involves an initial consultative process that allows our
customers to better assess the operating and capital expenditure
benefits associated with an optimal activation and provisioning
architecture. Our sales teams are well trained in our
ConvergenceNow®
platforms and on the market trends and conditions that our
customers are facing. This enables them to easily identify and
qualify opportunities that are appropriate for our platform
deployments to benefit these customers. Following each sale, we
assign account managers to provide ongoing support and to
identify additional sales opportunities. We generate leads from
contacts made through trade shows, seminars, conferences,
events, market research, our Web site, customers, strategic
partners and our ongoing public relations program. Due to
ongoing consolidation and the increasing competition among
service providers in international markets, in 2007 we expanded
our sales and marketing efforts outside of North America and
into the European Union.
Marketing
We focus our marketing efforts on supporting new product
initiatives, creating awareness of our services and generating
new sales opportunities. We base our product management strategy
on an analysis of market requirements, competitive offerings and
projected cost savings. Our team is active in numerous
technology and industry forums and regularly gets invited to
speak at trade shows such as the Consumer Electronics Show
(CES), Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association (CTIA),
GSM Association- Mobile World Congress, and National
Cable & Telecommunications Association (NCTA), in
which we also demonstrate our solutions. In addition, through
our product marketing and marketing communications functions, we
also have an active public relations program and maintain
relationships with recognized trade media and industry analysts
such as International Data Corporation (IDC), Gartner Inc.,
Forrester Research, Inc., and Frost & Sullivan. We
also manage and maintain our Web site, blog, social media
profiles on LinkedIn and Twitter, utilize search engine
optimization (SEO) and search engine marketing (SEM), publish
product related content, educational white papers, and conduct
seminars and user group meetings. Finally, we also actively
sponsor technology-related conferences and demonstrate our
solutions at trade shows targeted at providers of communications
services.
Operations
and Technology
We leverage common, proprietary information technology platforms
to deliver carrier grade services to our customers across
communication and digital convergence market segments.
Constructed using a combination of internally developed and
licensed technologies, our platforms integrate our order
management, gateway, workflow and reporting into a unified
system. The platforms are secure foundations on which to build
and offer additional services and maximize performance,
scalability and reliability.
11
Exception
Handling Services
We differentiate our services from both the internal and
competitive offerings by handling exceptions through both our
technology and human touch solutions, a substantial portion of
which is provided by third-party vendors. Our business process
engineers optimize each workflow; however, there are exceptions
and we handle these to ensure the highest quality customer
experience at the lowest cost. Our exception handling services
deal with the customer communication touch points including
provisioning orders, inbound calls, automated interactive voice
responses (e.g., order status, address changes), Web forums,
inbound and outbound email, proactive outbound calls (e.g., out
of stock, backorders, exceptions) and self-correct order tools.
These services are continuously reviewed for improved workflow
and automation. We use third-party vendors in providing
exception handling services, each of whom provide services under
automatically renewable contracts. We believe our unique
exception handling services help reduce the cost of each
transaction by driving more automation, over time, into a better
and more cost effective way to manage our customers
subscriber experiences.
Data
Center Facilities
We moved into a new 61,000 square foot Global Research and
Development Center in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania in June 2009, and
a new facility in Bangalore, India in November 2009, each of
which includes new data center facilities. These facilities
offer significant improvements in the areas of size, network
connectivity and redundant electrical power systems and are
currently expected to support our growth objectives. These
secure facilities house all customer-facing, production, test
and development systems that are the backbone of the services
delivered to our customers. The facilities and systems are
monitored 7 days a week, 24 hours a day, and are
protected via multiple layers of physical and electronic
security measures. In addition, a redundant power supply ensures
constant, regulated power into the managed data facility and a
back-up
generator system provides power indefinitely to the facility in
the event of a utility power failure. All systems in the managed
data facility are monitored for availability and performance
using industry standard tools such as HP
OpenView®,
Big
Brother®,
Oracle Enterprise
Manager®,
CiscoWorks®
and Empirix
OneSight®.
Network
We use AT&T, and two other tier 1 service providers,
to provide a managed, fully-redundant network solution at our
Bethlehem, Pennsylvania facility to deliver enterprise scale
services to customers. Specifically, we have two OC-12 and one
OC-3 fiber optic rings, delivering highly redundant bandwidth to
the Bethlehem and Bridgewater facilities. Wide Area Network
connectivity between our locations is achieved via multiple DS-3
Multiprotocol Label Switching (MLPS) circuits and Internet
access to each location via multiple dedicated DS-3 circuits. A
dedicated Metro Ethernet solution is utilized to provide a data
center backbone connection between our Bethlehem and Bridgewater
facilities that is used for disaster recovery, should the need
arise.
Disaster
Recovery Facility
We operate a second data center facility at our corporate
headquarters in Bridgewater, New Jersey that is used to provide
a hot site for disaster recovery purposes. In the event of a
major service disruption at our primary facility, production
application services will be activated at the secondary facility
and services will be restored in a period of time required to
meet all current customer-facing service level agreements (SLAs)
for availability and service delivery.
Customer
Support
Our Customer Service Center (CSC) acts as an initial point of
contact for all customer-related issues and requests. The CSC
staff is available 7 days a week via phone, email or pager
to facilitate the diagnosis and resolution of application and
service related issues with which they are presented. Issues
that require further investigation are immediately escalated to
our product and infrastructure support teams on behalf of the
customer to provide the greatest speed of problem resolution and
highest levels of customer service.
12
Competition
Competition in our markets is intense and includes
rapidly-changing technologies and customer requirements, as well
as evolving industry standards and frequent product
introductions. We compete primarily on the basis of the breadth
of our domain expertise and our proprietary exception handling,
as well as on the basis of price,
time-to-market,
functionality, quality and breadth of product and service
offerings. We believe the most important factors making us a
strong competitor include:
|
|
|
|
|
Breadth and depth of our transaction management solutions,
including our exception handling technology
|
|
|
|
Quality and performance of our products
|
|
|
|
High-quality customer service
|
|
|
|
Ability to implement and integrate solutions
|
|
|
|
Overall value of our platforms
|
|
|
|
References of our customers
|
We are aware of other software developers and smaller
entrepreneurial companies that are focusing significant
resources on developing and marketing products and services that
will compete with our
ConvergenceNow®
and
ConvergenceNow®
Plus+tm
platforms. We anticipate continued growth in the communications
industry and the entrance of new competitors in the order
processing and transaction management solutions market and
expect that the market for our products and services will remain
intensely competitive.
Government
Regulation
We are not currently subject to direct federal, state or local
government regulation, other than regulations that apply to
businesses generally. Many of our customers are subject to
regulation by the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC.
Changes in FCC regulations that affect our existing or potential
customers could lead them to spend less on transaction
management solutions, which would reduce our revenues and could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
Intellectual
Property
To establish and protect our intellectual property, we rely on a
combination of copyright, trade secret, patent and trademark
rights, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual
restrictions.
Synchronoss®,
the Synchronoss logo,
PerformancePartner®,
ConvergenceNow®
and
ActivationNow®
are registered trademarks of Synchronoss. In addition, we
regularly file patent applications to protect inventions arising
from our research and development, and have obtained a number of
patents in the United States and other countries. No single
patent is solely responsible for protecting our products or
services. In addition to legal protections, we rely on the
technical and creative skills of our employees, frequent product
enhancements and improved product quality to maintain a
technology-leadership position. We maintain a program to protect
our investment in technology by attempting to ensure respect for
our intellectual property rights. We cannot be certain that
others will not develop technologies that are similar or
superior to our technology. We enter into confidentiality and
invention assignment agreements with our employees and
confidentiality agreements with our alliance partners and
customers, and we control access to and distribution of our
software, documentation and other proprietary information.
Employees
We believe that our growth and success is attributable in large
part to our employees and an experienced management team, many
members of which have years of industry experience in building,
implementing, marketing and selling transaction management
solutions critical to business operations. We intend to continue
training our employees as well as developing and promoting our
culture and believe such efforts provide us with a sustainable
competitive advantage. We offer a work environment that enables
employees to make meaningful contributions, as well as incentive
programs to continue to motivate and reward our employees.
As of December 31, 2010, we had 758 full-time
employees. None of our employees are covered by any collective
bargaining agreements.
13
Executive
Officers of the Registrant
The following sets forth certain information regarding our
Executive Officers as of January 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Stephen G. Waldis
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief
Executive Officer
|
Lawrence R. Irving
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
|
Robert Garcia
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
|
Christopher S. Putnam
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Executive Vice President of Sales
|
Ronald J. Prague
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
|
Mark Mendes
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Executive Vice President of InterconnectNow and Chief
Information Officer
|
Patrick J. Doran
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
Executive Vice President of R&D and Chief Technology Officer
|
Michael Mulica
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Executive Vice President of Business Development and Corporate
Strategy
|
Paula J. Hilbert
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
Executive Vice President of Global Operations and Chief Service
Officer
|
Stephen G. Waldis has served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Synchronoss since founding the company in
2000 and has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since
February of 2001. Before founding Synchronoss, from 1994 to
2000, Mr. Waldis served as Chief Operating Officer at
Vertek Corporation, a privately held professional services
company serving the telecommunications industry. From 1992 to
1994, Mr. Waldis served as Vice President of Sales and
Marketing of Logical Design Solutions, a provider of telecom and
interactive solutions. From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Waldis worked
in various technical and product management roles at AT&T.
Mr. Waldis received a degree in corporate communications
from Seton Hall University.
Lawrence R. Irving has served as Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer of Synchronoss since July 2001. Before joining
Synchronoss, from 1998 to 2001, Mr. Irving served as Chief
Financial Officer and Treasurer at CommTech Corporation, a
telecommunications software provider that was acquired by ADC
Telecommunications. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Irving served as
Chief Financial Officer of Holmes Protection Group, a publicly
traded company which was acquired by Tyco International.
Mr. Irving is a certified public accountant and a member of
the New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants.
Mr. Irving received a degree in accounting from Pace
University.
Robert Garcia has served as Chief Operating Officer of
Synchronoss since April 2007. Prior to that position,
Mr. Garcia served in various positions at Synchronoss,
including Executive Vice President of Operations and Service
Delivery and General Manager of Synchronoss western office
since joining Synchronoss in August 2000. Before joining
Synchronoss, Mr. Garcia was a Senior Business Consultant
with Vertek Corporation from January 1999 to August 2000.
Mr. Garcia has also held senior management positions with
Philips Lighting Company and Johnson & Johnson
Company. Mr. Garcia received a degree in logistics and
economics from St. Johns University in New York.
Christopher S. Putnam has been with Synchronoss since
January 2004 and has served as Executive Vice President of Sales
of Synchronoss since April 2005. Prior to joining Synchronoss,
from 1999 to 2004, Mr. Putnam served as Director of Sales
for Perot Systems Telecommunications business unit.
Mr. Putnam received a degree in communications from Texas
Christian University.
Ronald J. Prague joined Synchronoss in August 2006 as
Senior Vice President and General Counsel, and has served as
Secretary since October 2006. Before joining Synchronoss,
Mr. Prague held various senior positions with Intel
Corporation from February 1998 to June 2006, including as Group
Counsel for Intels Communications Infrastructure Group.
Prior to joining Intel, Mr. Prague practiced law with the
law firms of Haythe & Curley (now Torys LLP) and
Richards & ONeil (now Bingham McCutchen).
Mr. Prague is a graduate of Northwestern University School
of Law and earned a degree in business administration and
marketing from Cornell University.
14
Mark Mendes has served as Executive Vice President of
InterconnectNow since September 2008 and as Chief Information
Officer since December 2010. Mr. Mendes joined Synchronoss
in September 2008 in connection with Synchronoss
acquisition of Wisor Telecom Corp., where Mr. Mendes was
Chief Executive Officer since 2001. Prior to joining Wisor, from
1997 to 2001, Mr. Mendes was Chief Operating Officer and
Chief Technology Officer of NET2000 Communications, Inc.
Mr. Mendes received an Engineering degree and MBA
Finance/MIS from Syracuse University.
Patrick J. Doran has served as Executive Vice President
of Research and Development and Chief Technology Officer since
April 2007. Prior to that position, Mr. Doran served in
various positions, including Chief Architect and Senior Software
Engineer, since joining Synchronoss in 2002. Before joining
Synchronoss, Mr. Doran was a Senior Development Engineer at
Agility Communications from 2000 to 2002 and a Member of
Technical staff at AT&T/Lucent from 1996 to 2000.
Mr. Doran received a degree in Computer and Systems
engineering from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and a masters
degree in Industrial Engineering from Purdue University.
Michael Mulica has served as Executive Vice President of
Business Development and Corporate Strategy since joining
Synchronoss in July 2010 in connection with Synchronoss
acquisition of FusionOne, where he served as Chief Executive
Officer since 2007. In addition, Mr. Mulica is actively
involved in the transition and management of the FusionOne
business. Prior to FusionOne, Mr. Mulica served as
President and Chief Executive Officer of Bridgeport Networks
from 2003 to 2007. Prior to that position, Mr. Mulica held
senior management positions at Phone.com, California Microwave,
Motorola, Tandem Computers and DataGeneral. Mr. Mulica
received a Bachelor of Science degree from Marquette University
and earned a masters degree in business from the Kellogg
Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University.
Paula J. (PJ) Hilbert has served as Executive
Vice President of Global Operations and Chief Service Officer
since she joined Synchronoss in October, 2010. Before joining
Synchronoss, Ms. Hilbert was an independent consultant from
2008 to 2010. Prior to that position, Ms. Hilbert served as
a Managing Director/ Global Client Service and Offshoring at JP
Morgan Chase Treasury and Securities Services from 2003 to 2008.
Prior to JP Morgan Chase, Ms. Hilbert held senior positions
at AT&T from 1979 to 2003, including Vice
President Customer Relationship Management.
Ms. Hilbert holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Business
Administration from Clarion University.
15
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of
risk. The following are certain risk factors that could affect
our business, financial results and results of operations. You
should carefully consider the following risk factors in
connection with evaluating the forward-looking statements
contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
because these factors could cause the actual results and
conditions to differ materially from those projected in
forward-looking statements. The risks that we have highlighted
here are not the only ones that we face. If any of the risks
actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of
operation could be negatively affected. In that case, the
trading price of our stock could decline, and our stockholders
may lose part or all of their investment.
Risks
Related to Our Business and Industry
We
have Substantial Customer Concentration, with One Customer
Accounting for a Substantial Portion of our 2010
Revenues.
We currently derive a significant portion of our revenues from
one customer, AT&T. Our relationship with AT&T dates
back to January 2001 when we began providing service to
AT&T Wireless, which was subsequently acquired by Cingular
Wireless and is now a division of AT&T. For the year ended
December 31, 2010, AT&T accounted for approximately
62% of our revenues, compared to 65% for the year ended
December 31, 2009. Our agreement with AT&T was renewed
effective January 1, 2009 and runs through December 2011.
AT&T may renew this agreement for two additional one year
periods. This agreement defines the work activities, transaction
pricing, forecasting process, service level agreements and
remedies associated with certain services performed by us for
AT&Ts ecommerce organization. The agreement provides
for AT&T to pay us (i) a monthly hosting fee,
(ii) a fee based on the number of transactions processed
through our technology platform, (iii) a fee based on
manual processing services and (iv) for professional
services rendered by us. A copy of this agreement has been
previously filed with the Securities & Exchange
Commission.
Our five largest customers, AT&T, Level 3
Communications, Time Warner Cable, Verizon Wireless, and Vonage,
accounted for approximately 83% of our revenues for the year
ended December 31, 2010, compared to 84% of our revenues
from our five largest customers, AT&T, Cablevision,
Comcast, Level 3 Communications, and Vonage, for the year
ended December 31, 2009. It is not possible for us to
predict the future level of demand for our services that will be
generated by these customers or the future demand for the
products and services of these customers in the end-user
marketplace. In addition, revenues from these larger customers
may fluctuate from time to time based on the commencement and
completion of projects, the timing of which may be affected by
market conditions. Further, some of our contracts with these
larger customers permit them to terminate our services at any
time (subject to notice and certain other provisions). If any of
these customers experience declining or delayed sales due to
market, economic or competitive conditions, we could be
pressured to reduce the prices we charge for our services or we
could lose a major customer, which would affect our margins and
would negatively affect our revenues and results of operations.
If We
Do Not Adapt to Rapid Technological Change in the Communications
Industry, We Could Lose Customers or Market Share.
Our industry is characterized by rapid technological change and
frequent new service offerings. Significant technological
changes could make our technology and services obsolete, less
marketable or less competitive. We must adapt to our rapidly
changing market by continually improving the features,
functionality, reliability and responsiveness of our transaction
management services, and by developing new features, services
and applications to meet changing customer needs. We may not be
able to adapt to these challenges or respond successfully or in
a cost-effective way. Our failure to do so would adversely
affect our ability to compete and retain customers
and/or
market share. In addition, our present or future service
offerings may not satisfy the evolving needs of the industry in
which we operate. If we are unable to anticipate or respond
adequately to such needs, due to resource, technological or
other constraints, our business and results of operations could
be harmed.
16
The
Success of Our Business Depends on the Continued Growth of
Consumer and Business Transactions Related to Communications
Services on the Internet.
The future success of our business depends upon the continued
growth of consumer and business transactions on the Internet,
including attracting consumers who have historically purchased
wireless services and devices through traditional retail stores.
Specific factors that could deter consumers from purchasing
wireless services and devices on the Internet include concerns
about buying wireless devices without a
face-to-face
interaction with sales personnel and the ability to physically
handle and examine the devices.
Our business growth would be impeded if the performance or
perception of the Internet was harmed by security problems such
as viruses, worms or other malicious
programs, reliability issues arising from outages and damage to
Internet infrastructure, delays in development or adoption of
new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of
Internet activity, increased costs, decreased accessibility and
quality of service, or increased government regulation and
taxation of Internet activity. The Internet has experienced, and
is expected to continue to experience, significant user and
traffic growth, which has, at times, caused user frustration
with slow access and download times. If Internet activity grows
faster than Internet infrastructure or if the Internet
infrastructure is otherwise unable to support the demands placed
on it, or if hosting capacity becomes scarce, our business
growth may be adversely affected.
The
Success of Our Business Depends on the Continued Growth in
Demand for Connected Devices.
The future success of our business depends upon the continued
growth in demand for connected devices. While we believe the
market for connected devices will continue to grow for the
foreseeable future, we cannot accurately predict the extent to
which demand for connected devices will increase, if at all. If
the demand for connected devices were to stabilize or decline,
our business may be adversely affected.
Our
revenue, earnings and profitability are affected by the length
of our sales cycle, and a longer sales cycle could adversely
affect our results of operations and financial
condition.
Our business is directly affected by the length of our sales
cycle. Our customers businesses are relatively complex and
their purchase of the types of services that we offer generally
involve a significant commitment of capital, with attendant
delays frequently associated with large capital commitments and
procurement procedures within an organization. The purchase of
the types of services that we offer typically also requires
coordination and agreement across many departments within a
potential customers organization. Delays associated with
such timing factors could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations and financial condition. In periods of
economic slowdown our typical sales cycle lengthens, which means
that the average time between our initial contact with a
prospective customer and the signing of a sales contract
increases. The lengthening of our sales cycle could reduce
growth in our revenue. In addition, the lengthening of our sales
cycle contributes to an increased cost of sales, thereby
reducing our profitability.
Compromises
to Our Privacy Safeguards Could Impact Our
Reputation.
Names, addresses, telephone numbers, credit card data and other
personal identification information, or PII, is collected,
processed and stored in our systems. The steps we have taken to
protect PII may not be sufficient to prevent the
misappropriation or improper disclosure of such PII. If such
misappropriation or disclosure were to occur, our business could
be harmed through reputational injury, litigation and possible
damages claimed by the affected end customers. Our insurance may
not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate
to cover all costs incurred in defense of potential claims or to
indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Concerns
about the security of online transactions and the privacy of
personal information could deter consumers from transacting
business with us on the Internet.
Fraudulent
Internet Transactions Could Negatively Impact Our
Business.
Our business may be exposed to risks associated with Internet
credit card fraud and identity theft that could cause us to
incur unexpected expenditures and loss of revenues. Under
current credit card practices, a merchant is liable for
fraudulent credit card transactions when, as is the case with
the transactions we process, that merchant
17
does not obtain a cardholders signature. Although our
customers currently bear the risk for a fraudulent credit card
transaction, in the future we may be forced to share some of
that risk and the associated costs with our customers. To the
extent that technology upgrades or other expenditures are
required to prevent credit card fraud and identity theft, we may
be required to bear the costs associated with such expenditures.
In addition, to the extent that credit card fraud
and/or
identity theft cause a decline in business transactions over the
Internet generally, both the business of our customers and our
business could be adversely affected.
If the
Wireless Services Industry Experiences a Decline in Subscribers,
Our Business May Suffer.
The wireless services industry has faced an increasing number of
challenges, including a slowdown in new subscriber growth.
Revenues from services performed for customers in the wireless
services industry accounted for 52% of our revenues in 2010 and
56% in 2009. A continued slowdown in subscriber growth in the
wireless services industry could adversely affect our business
growth.
The
Consolidation in the Communications Industry Can Reduce the
Number of Customers and Adversely Affect Our
Business.
The communications industry continues to experience
consolidation and an increased formation of alliances among
communications service providers and between communications
service providers and other entities. Should one of our
significant customers consolidate or enter into an alliance with
an entity or decide to either use a different service provider
or to manage its transactions internally, this could have a
negative material impact on our business. Any such
consolidations, alliances or decisions to manage transactions
internally may cause us to lose customers or require us to
reduce prices as a result of enhanced customer leverage, which
would have a material adverse effect on our business. We may not
be able to offset the effects of any price reductions. We may
not be able to expand our customer base to make up any revenue
declines if we lose customers or if our transaction volumes
decline.
If We
Fail to Compete Successfully With Existing or New Competitors,
Our Business Could Be Harmed.
If we fail to compete successfully with established or new
competitors, it could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations and financial condition. The
communications industry is highly competitive and fragmented,
and we expect competition to increase. We compete with
independent providers of information systems and services and
with the in-house departments of our OEMs and communications
services companies customers. Rapid technological changes,
such as advancements in software integration across multiple and
incompatible systems, and economies of scale may make it more
economical for CSPs, MSOs or OEMs to develop their own in-house
processes and systems, which may render some of our products and
services less valuable or eventually obsolete. Our competitors
include firms that provide comprehensive information systems and
managed services solutions, systems integrators, clearinghouses
and service bureaus. Many of our competitors have long operating
histories, large customer bases, substantial financial,
technical, sales, marketing and other resources, and strong name
recognition.
Current and potential competitors have established, and may
establish in the future, cooperative relationships among
themselves or with third parties to increase their ability to
address the needs of our current or prospective customers. In
addition, our competitors have acquired, and may continue to
acquire in the future, companies that may enhance their market
offerings. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances among
competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market
share. As a result, our competitors may be able to adapt more
quickly than us to new or emerging technologies and changes in
customer requirements, and may be able to devote greater
resources to the promotion and sale of their products. These
relationships and alliances may also result in transaction
pricing pressure which could result in large reductions in the
selling price of our services. Our competitors or our
customers in-house solutions may also provide services at
a lower cost, significantly increasing pricing pressure on us.
We may not be able to offset the effects of this potential
pricing pressure. Our failure to adapt to changing market
conditions and to compete successfully with established or new
competitors may have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations and financial condition. In particular, a failure to
offset competitive pressures brought about by competitors or
in-house solutions developed by AT&T could result in a
substantial reduction in or the
18
outright termination of our contract with AT&T, which would
have a significant, negative and material impact on our business.
Failures
or Interruptions of Our Systems and Services Could Materially
Harm Our Revenues, Impair Our Ability to Conduct Our Operations
and Damage Relationships with Our Customers.
Our success depends on our ability to provide reliable services
to our customers and process a high volume of transactions in a
timely and effective manner. Although we have a disaster
recovery facility in our Bridgewater, New Jersey corporate
headquarters, our network operations are currently located in a
single facility in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania that is susceptible
to damage or interruption from human error, fire, flood, power
loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks and similar
events. We could also experience failures or interruptions of
our systems and services, or other problems in connection with
our operations, as a result of, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
damage to or failure of our computer software or hardware or our
connections and outsourced service arrangements with third
parties;
|
|
|
|
errors in the processing of data by our system;
|
|
|
|
computer viruses or software defects;
|
|
|
|
physical or electronic break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of
vandalism and similar events;
|
|
|
|
fire, cyber attack, terrorist attack or other catastrophic event;
|
|
|
|
increased capacity demands or changes in systems requirements of
our customers; or
|
|
|
|
errors by our employees or third-party service providers.
|
In addition, our business interruption insurance may be
insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. Any
interruptions in our systems or services could damage our
reputation and substantially harm our business and results of
operations.
If We
Fail to Meet Our Service Level Obligations Under Our
Service Level Agreements, We Would Be Subject to Penalties
and Could Lose Customers.
We have service level agreements with many of our customers
under which we guarantee specified levels of service
availability. These arrangements involve the risk that we may
not have adequately estimated the level of service we will in
fact be able to provide. If we fail to meet our service level
obligations under these agreements, we would be subject to
penalties, which could result in higher than expected costs,
decreased revenues and decreased operating margins. We could
also lose customers.
We are
Exposed to Risks Associated with the Recent Financial Crisis and
Weakening Global Economy.
The recent severe tightening of the credit markets, disruptions
in the financial markets and challenging economic conditions
have adversely affected the United States and world economies,
and in particular, have resulted in reduced consumer spending
and reduced spending by businesses. Economic uncertainty
exacerbates negative trends in consumer spending and may
negatively impact the businesses of certain of our customers,
which may cause a reduction in their use of our platforms and
therefore a reduction in our revenues. These conditions and
uncertainty about future economic conditions make it challenging
for us to forecast our operating results, make business
decisions, and identify the risks that may affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations. It also may
result in a more competitive environment, resulting in possible
pricing pressure. In addition, we maintain an investment
portfolio that is subject to general credit, liquidity, market
and interest rate risks that may be exacerbated by deteriorating
financial market conditions and, as a result, the value and
liquidity of the investment portfolio could be negatively
impacted and lead to impairment. If we are not able to timely
and appropriately adapt to changes resulting from the difficult
macroeconomic environment, our business, financial condition or
results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
We are also subject to the credit risk of our customers and
customers with liquidity issues may lead to bad debt expense for
us. Most of our sales are on an open credit basis, with typical
payment terms of 30 days in the
19
United States and, because of local customs or conditions,
longer payment terms in some markets outside the
United States. We use various methods to screen potential
customers and establish appropriate credit limits, but these
methods cannot eliminate all potential bad credit risks and may
not prevent us from approving applications that are fraudulently
completed. Moreover, businesses that are good credit risks at
the time of application may become bad credit risks over time
and we may fail to detect this change. We maintain reserves we
believe are adequate to cover exposure for doubtful accounts. If
we fail to adequately assess and monitor our credit risks, we
could experience longer payment cycles, increased collection
costs and higher bad debt expense. A decrease in accounts
receivable resulting from an increase in bad debt expense could
adversely affect our liquidity. Our exposure to credit risks may
increase if our customers are adversely affected by the
difficult macroeconomic environment, or if there is a
continuation or worsening of the economic environment. Although
we have programs in place that are designed to monitor and
mitigate the associated risk, including monitoring of particular
risks in certain geographic areas, there can be no assurance
that such programs will be effective in reducing our credit
risks or the incurrence of additional losses. Future and
additional losses, if incurred, could harm our business and have
a material adverse effect on our business operating results and
financial condition. Additionally, to the degree that the recent
turmoil in the credit markets makes it more difficult for some
customers to obtain financing, those customers ability to
pay could be adversely impacted, which in turn could have a
material adverse impact on our business, operating results, and
financial condition.
The
Financial and Operating Difficulties in the Telecommunications
Sector May Negatively Affect Our Customers and Our
Company.
The telecommunications sector faces significant challenges
resulting from excess capacity, poor operating results and
financing difficulties. The sectors financial status has
at times been uncertain and access to debt and equity capital
has been seriously limited. The impact of these events on us
could include slower collection on accounts receivable, higher
bad debt expense, uncertainties due to possible customer
bankruptcies, lower pricing on new customer contracts, lower
revenues due to lower usage by the end customer and possible
consolidation among our customers, which will put our customers
and operating performance at risk. In addition, because we
operate in the communications sector, we may also be negatively
impacted by limited access to debt and equity capital.
Our
Reliance on Third-Party Providers for Communications Software,
Services, Hardware and Infrastructure Exposes Us to a Variety of
Risks We Cannot Control.
Our success depends on software, equipment, network connectivity
and infrastructure hosting services supplied by our vendors and
customers. In addition, we rely on third-party vendors to
perform a substantial portion of our exception handling
services. We may not be able to continue to purchase the
necessary software, equipment and services from vendors on
acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to maintain current
purchasing terms or ensure service availability with these
vendors and customers, we may lose customers and experience an
increase in costs in seeking alternative supplier services.
Our business also depends upon the capacity, reliability and
security of the infrastructure owned and managed by third
parties, including our vendors and customers, that is used by
our technology interoperability services, network services,
number portability services, call processed services and
enterprise solutions. We have no control over the operation,
quality or maintenance of a significant portion of that
infrastructure and whether those third parties will upgrade or
improve their software, equipment and services to meet our and
our customers evolving requirements. We depend on these
companies to maintain the operational integrity of our services.
If one or more of these companies is unable or unwilling to
supply or expand its levels of services to us in the future, our
operations could be severely interrupted. In addition, rapid
changes in the communications industry have led to industry
consolidation. This consolidation may cause the availability,
pricing and quality of the services we use to vary and could
lengthen the amount of time it takes to deliver the services
that we use.
Our
Failure to Protect Confidential Information and Our Network
Against Security Breaches Could Damage Our Reputation and
Substantially Harm Our Business and Results of
Operations.
A significant barrier to online commerce is concern about the
secure transmission of confidential information over public
networks. The encryption and authentication technology licensed
from third parties on which we rely to
20
securely transmit confidential information, including credit
card numbers, may not adequately protect customer transaction
data. Any compromise of our security could damage our reputation
and expose us to risk of loss or litigation and possible
liability which could substantially harm our business and
results of operation. Although we carry general liability
insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this
type or may not be adequate to cover all costs incurred in
defense of potential claims or to indemnify us for all liability
that may be imposed. In addition, anyone who is able to
circumvent our security measures could misappropriate
proprietary information or cause interruptions in our
operations. We may need to expend significant resources to
protect against security breaches or to address problems caused
by breaches.
If We
Are Unable to Protect Our Intellectual Property Rights, Our
Competitive Position Could Be Harmed or We Could Be Required to
Incur Significant Expenses to Enforce Our Rights.
Our success depends to a significant degree upon the protection
of our software and other proprietary technology rights,
particularly our
ConvergenceNow®,
ConvergenceNow®
Plus+tm
and
InterConnectNowtm
platforms. We rely on trade secret, copyright and trademark laws
and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties,
all of which offer only limited protection. We also regularly
file patent applications to protect inventions arising from our
research and development, and have obtained a number of patents
in the United States and other countries. The steps we have
taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent
misappropriation of our proprietary rights or the reverse
engineering of our solutions. Legal standards relating to the
validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual
property rights in other countries are uncertain and may afford
little or no effective protection of our proprietary technology.
Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our proprietary
technology from being exploited abroad, which could require
costly efforts to protect our technology. Policing the
unauthorized use of our products, trademarks and other
proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some cases,
impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce
or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade
secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the
proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in
substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either
of which could materially harm our business. Accordingly,
despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties
from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual
property.
Claims
By Others That We Infringe Their Proprietary Technology Could
Harm Our Business.
Third parties could claim that our current or future products or
technology infringe their proprietary rights. We expect that
software developers will increasingly be subject to infringement
claims as the number of products and competitors providing
software and services to the communications industry increases
and overlaps occur. Any claim of infringement by a third party,
even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial
costs defending against the claim, and could distract our
management from our business. Furthermore, a party making such a
claim, if successful, could secure a judgment that requires us
to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an
injunction or other court order that could prevent us from
offering our services. Any of these events could seriously harm
our business. Third parties may also assert infringement claims
against our customers. These claims may require us to initiate
or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our
customers, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of
these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf
of our customers. We also generally indemnify our customers if
our services infringe the proprietary rights of third parties.
If anyone asserts a claim against us relating to proprietary
technology or information, while we might seek to license their
intellectual property, we might not be able to obtain a license
on commercially reasonable terms or on any terms. In addition,
any efforts to develop non-infringing technology could be
unsuccessful. Our failure to obtain the necessary licenses or
other rights or to develop non-infringing technology could
prevent us from offering our services and could therefore
seriously harm our business.
We May
Seek to Acquire Companies or Technologies, Which Could Disrupt
Our Ongoing Business, Disrupt Our Management and Employees and
Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations.
We have made, and in the future intend to make, acquisitions of,
and investments in, companies, technologies or products in
existing, related or new markets for us which we believe may
enhance our market position or strategic strengths. However, we
cannot be sure that any acquisition or investment will
ultimately enhance our products or
21
strengthen our competitive position. Acquisitions involve
numerous risks, including but not limited to: (1) diversion
of managements attention from other operational matters;
(2) inability to identify acquisition candidates on terms
acceptable to us or at all, or inability to complete
acquisitions as anticipated or at all; (3) inability to
realize anticipated benefits; (4) failure to commercialize
purchased technologies; (5) inability to capitalize on
characteristics of new markets that may be significantly
different from our existing markets; (6) exposure to
operational risks, rules and regulations to the extent such
activities are located in countries where we have not
historically done business; (7) inability to obtain and
protect intellectual property rights in key technologies;
(8) ineffectiveness of an acquired companys internal
controls; (9) impairment of acquired intangible assets as a
result of technological advancements or
worse-than-expected
performance of the acquired company or its product offerings;
(10) unknown, underestimated
and/or
undisclosed commitments or liabilities; (11) excess or
underutilized facilities; and (12) ineffective integration
of operations, technologies, products or employees of the
acquired companies. In addition, acquisitions may disrupt our
ongoing operations and increase our expenses and harm our
results of operations or financial condition. Future
acquisitions could also result in potentially dilutive issuances
of equity securities, the incurrence of debt, which may reduce
our cash available for operations and other uses, an increase in
contingent liabilities or an increase in amortization expense
related to identifiable assets acquired, each of which could
materially harm our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our
Expansion into International Markets May Be Subject to
Uncertainties That Could Increase Our Costs to Comply with
Regulatory Requirements in Foreign Jurisdictions, Disrupt Our
Operations and Require Increased Focus from Our
Management.
Our growth strategy includes the growth of our operations in
foreign jurisdictions. International operations and business
expansion plans are subject to numerous additional risks,
including economic and political risks in foreign jurisdictions
in which we operate or seek to operate, the difficulty of
enforcing contracts and collecting receivables through some
foreign legal systems, unexpected changes in regulatory
requirements, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, potential
difficulties in enforcing intellectual property rights in
foreign countries, varying regional and geopolitical business
conditions and demands, and the difficulties associated with
managing a large organization spread throughout various
countries. As we continue to expand our business globally, our
success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate
and effectively manage these and other risks associated with our
international operations. However, any of these factors could
adversely affect our international operations and, consequently,
our operating results.
Our
Expansion into International Markets May Expose Us to Risks
Associated with Fluctuations in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates
That Could Adversely Affect Our Business.
We consider the U.S. dollar to be our functional currency.
However, as we expand our operations into international markets
a portion of our revenues
and/or
operating costs may be incurred outside the United States in
other currencies. In such event, fluctuations in exchange rates
between the currencies in which such revenues
and/or costs
may occur and the dollar may have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations and financial condition. In addition,
from time to time following our expansion into international
markets we may experience increases in the costs of our
operations outside the United States, as expressed in dollars,
which could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations and financial condition. Further, the imposition of
restrictions on the conversion of foreign currencies could also
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
Our
Senior Management is Important to Our Customer Relationships,
and the Loss of One or More of Our Senior Managers Could Have a
Negative Impact on Our Business.
We believe that our success depends in part on the continued
contributions of our senior management. We rely on our executive
officers and senior management to generate business and execute
programs successfully. In addition, the relationships and
reputation that members of our management team have established
and maintain with our customers and our regulators contribute to
our ability to maintain good customer relations. The loss of any
members of senior management could materially impair our ability
to identify and secure new contracts and otherwise manage our
business.
22
We
Continue to Incur Significant Costs as a Result of Operating as
a Public Company, and Our Management Is Required to Devote
Substantial Time to New Compliance Initiatives.
We operate as a public company, and will continue to incur
significant legal, accounting and other expenses as we comply
with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules
subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange
Commission and the Nasdaq Global Markets National Market,
including recent changes under the Dodd-FrankWall Street Reform
and Consumer Protection Act. These rules impose various new
requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in
corporate governance practices. Our management and other
personnel will continue to devote a substantial amount of time
to these new compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and
regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance
costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and
costly. For example, we expect these new rules and regulations
to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain
director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required
to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur
substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage.
These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult
for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our
board of directors, our board committees or as executive
officers.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that
we include in our annual report our assessment of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
and our audited financial statements as of the end of each
fiscal year. We successfully completed our assessment of our
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2010. Our continued compliance with
Section 404 will require that we incur substantial expense
and expend significant management time on compliance related
issues. We currently do not have an internal audit group and we
will evaluate the need to hire additional accounting and
financial staff with appropriate public company experience and
technical accounting knowledge. In future years, if we fail to
timely complete this assessment, there may be a loss of public
confidence in our internal control, the market price of our
stock could decline and we could be subject to regulatory
sanctions or investigations by the Nasdaq Stock Markets
National Market, the Securities and Exchange Commission or other
regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial
and management resources. In addition, any failure to implement
required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered
in their implementation, could harm our operating results or
cause us to fail to timely meet our regulatory reporting
obligations.
Changes
in, or Interpretations of, Accounting Principles Could Result in
Unfavorable Accounting Charges.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These
principles are subject to interpretation by the SEC and various
bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting
principles. A change in these principles could have a
significant effect on our reported results and may even
retroactively affect previously reported results. Our accounting
principles that recently have been or may be affected by changes
in accounting principles are: (i) accounting for
stock-based compensation; (ii) accounting for income taxes;
(iii) accounting for business combinations and goodwill;
and (iv) accounting for foreign currency translation.
Changes
in, or Interpretations of, Tax Rules and Regulations, Could
Adversely Affect our Effective Tax Rates.
Unanticipated changes in our tax rates could affect our future
results of operations. Our future effective tax rates could be
unfavorably affected by changes in tax laws or the
interpretation of tax laws or by changes in the valuation of our
deferred tax assets and liabilities. In addition, we are subject
to the continued examination of our income tax returns by the
IRS and other domestic tax authorities. We regularly assess the
likelihood of outcomes resulting from these examinations, if
any, to determine the adequacy of our provision for income
taxes. We believe such estimates to be reasonable, but there can
be no assurance that the final determination of any of these
examinations will not have an adverse effect on our operating
results and financial position.
Our
Stock Price May Continue to Experience Significant
Fluctuations.
Our stock price, like that of other technology companies,
continues to fluctuate greatly. Our stock price can be affected
by many factors such as quarterly increases or decreases in our
earnings, speculation in the investment community about our
financial condition or results of operations and changes in
revenue or earnings estimates,
23
announcement of new services, technological developments,
alliances, or acquisitions by us. Additionally, the price of our
common stock may continue to fluctuate greatly in the future due
to factors that are non-company specific, such as the decline in
the United States
and/or
international economies, acts of terror against the United
States, war or due to a variety of company specific factors,
including quarter to quarter variations in our operating
results, shortfalls in revenue, gross margin or earnings from
levels projected by securities analysts and the other factors
discussed in these risk factors.
If
Securities or Industry Analysts Do Not Publish Research or
Reports or Publish Unfavorable Research About Our Business, Our
Stock Price and Trading Volume Could Decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on
the research and reports that securities or industry analysts
publish about us or our business. We currently have research
coverage by securities and industry analysts. If one or more of
the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or states a view
that our business prospects are reduced, our stock price would
likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage
of our company or fails to regularly publish reports on us,
interest in the purchase of our stock could decrease, which
could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Delaware
Law and Provisions in Our Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws Could Make a Merger, Tender Offer or
Proxy Contest Difficult, Therefore Depressing the Trading Price
of Our Common Stock.
We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions
of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or
prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a
business combination with an interested stockholder for a period
of three years after the person becomes an interested
stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to
our existing stockholders. In addition, our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or
prevent a change in our management or control over us that
stockholders may consider favorable. Our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and bylaws:
|
|
|
|
|
authorize the issuance of blank check preferred
stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a
takeover attempt;
|
|
|
|
prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which
would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of the
stock to elect some directors;
|
|
|
|
establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which
the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be
elected to serve from the time of election and qualification
until the third annual meeting following election;
|
|
|
|
require that directors only be removed from office for cause;
|
|
|
|
provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including
newly-created directorships, may be filled only by a majority
vote of directors then in office;
|
|
|
|
limit who may call special meetings of stockholders;
|
|
|
|
prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all
actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders; and
|
|
|
|
establish advance notice requirements for nominating candidates
for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters
that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
|
|
|
ITEM 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
None.
24
We lease approximately 26,150 square feet of office space
in Bridgewater, New Jersey, which lease expires in 2012. In
addition to our principal office space in Bridgewater, New
Jersey, we lease facilities and offices in Bethlehem,
Pennsylvania, Fairpoint, New York, Bellevue, Washington,
San Jose, California, Galway, Ireland, and Bangalore,
India. Our lease for our 61,000 square foot facility in
Bethlehem, Pennsylvania expires in 2019 and our lease for our
47,462 square foot facility in Bangalore, India expires in
2014. Lease terms for our other locations expire in 2011 and
2012. We believe that the facilities we now lease, including our
new Bethlehem facility, are sufficient to meet our needs through
at least the next 12 months. However, we may require
additional office space after that time, and we are currently
evaluating expansion possibilities.
|
|
ITEM 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
On September 5, 2008, September 18, 2008, and
September 23, 2008, three complaints were filed against us
and certain of our officers and directors in the United States
District Court for the District of New Jersey purportedly on
behalf of a class of shareholders who purchased our common stock
between February 4, 2008 and June 9, 2008 (the
Securities Law Actions). The complaints were
consolidated and an amended complaint was filed by the
plaintiffs on March 13, 2009. The plaintiffs in each
complaint assert claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. They alleged that certain
of our public disclosures regarding our financial prospects
during the proposed class period were false
and/or
misleading. The principal allegation set forth in each complaint
is that we issued misleading statements concerning our business
prospects relating to the activation of Apple Inc.s iPhone
product. On April 7, 2010, the Court granted our Motion to
Dismiss all of the claims against all of the defendants without
prejudice. On August 9, 2010, the parties filed a notice of
voluntary dismissal with prejudice, noting that the plaintiff
was dismissing the case without receiving payment of any kind.
On October 23, 2008 and November 3, 2008, complaints
were filed in the state court of New Jersey (the State
Derivative Suit) and the United States District Court for
the District of New Jersey (the Federal Derivative
Suit) against certain of our officers and directors,
purportedly derivatively on our behalf (collectively, the
Derivative Suits). The Complaints in the Derivative
Suits assert that the named officers and directors breached
their fiduciary duties and other obligations in connection with
the disclosures that also are the subject of the Securities Law
Actions described above. We were also named as a nominal
defendant in the Derivative Suits, although the lawsuits are
derivative in nature and purportedly asserted on our behalf. On
October 20, 2010, the parties to the Federal Derivative
Suit filed a notice of voluntary dismissal, dismissing the case
in its entirety and with prejudice as to the named plaintiff. On
November 17, 2010, the parties to the State Derivative Suit
filed a notice of voluntary dismissal, dismissing the case in
its entirety and with prejudice as to the named plaintiff.
Except for the above claims, we are not currently subject to any
legal proceedings that could have a material adverse effect on
our operations; however, we may from time to time become a party
to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of
our business.
25
PART II
|
|
ITEM 5.
|
Market
Information
|
Our common stock is traded
over-the-counter
and is listed on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol
SNCR. We began trading on the NASDAQ National Market
on June 19, 2006. The following table sets forth, for each
period during the past two years, the high and low sale prices
as reported by NASDAQ.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
20.89
|
|
|
$
|
15.65
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
22.07
|
|
|
$
|
18.20
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
20.27
|
|
|
$
|
14.63
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
29.80
|
|
|
$
|
17.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
13.45
|
|
|
$
|
7.92
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
14.45
|
|
|
$
|
10.65
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
13.91
|
|
|
$
|
10.02
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
16.07
|
|
|
$
|
11.30
|
|
As of February 22, 2011, there were approximately 134
holders of record of our common stock. On February 22,
2011, the last reported sale price of our common stock as
reported on the NASDAQ National Market was $33.12 per share.
Dividend
Policy
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common or
preferred equity. We currently intend to retain all available
funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our
business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash
dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of
directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of
operations, capital requirements, general business conditions
and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
Use of
Proceeds From Public Offering of Common Stock
On April 14, 2010, our Registration Statement on
Form S-3
(File
No. 333-164919)
relating to the public offering of additional shares was
declared effective by the SEC. The managing underwriters of our
public offering were Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank Securities,
Goldman, Sachs & Co, Stifel Nicolaus Weisel, Raymond
James, Lazard Capital Markets, and Wedbush Securities. On
November 23, 2010, we closed the sale of
3,775,000 shares of common stock in our public offering for
net proceeds to us of $91.1 million. At the time of the
sale, we sold an additional 638,706 shares of common stock
upon the exercise of an over-allotment option granted to the
underwriters for net proceeds to us of $15.5 million. No
offering expenses were paid directly or indirectly to any of our
director or officers or persons owning ten percent or more of
any class of our equity securities or to any other affiliates.
We have invested our net proceeds of the offerings in money
market funds pending their use to fund our operations and
expansion. Part of our current growth strategy is to further
penetrate the North American markets and expand our customer
base internationally. We anticipate that a portion of the
proceeds of the offering will enable us to finance this
expansion. In addition, we could use a portion of the proceeds
of our offering to make strategic investments in, or pursue
acquisitions of, other businesses, products or technologies.
26
Equity
Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information as of December 31,
2010 with respect to the shares of our common stock that may be
issuable under our existing equity compensation plans.
The following information is as of December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
(b)
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining Available
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
|
|
for Future Issuance
|
|
|
to be Issued Upon
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
Under Equity
|
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
Exercise Price of
|
|
Compensation Plans
|
|
|
Outstanding Options
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
(Excluding Securities
|
Plan Category
|
|
and Rights
|
|
Options and Rights
|
|
Reflected in Column (a))
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
|
|
|
5,233,167
|
|
|
$
|
16.17
|
|
|
|
1,217,284
|
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
|
|
|
328,000
|
|
|
$
|
19.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
|
5,561,167
|
|
|
$
|
16.36
|
|
|
|
1,217,284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On August 3, 2010, our Board of Directors granted equity
awards made to one hundred three employees and a newly appointed
executive officer. Pursuant to NASDAQ Listing
Rule 5635(c)(4), the equity awards were granted under the
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2010 New Hire Equity Incentive
Plan, which our Board of Directors adopted to facilitate the
granting of equity awards as an inducement to new employees to
join us. In accordance with NASDAQ rules, these grants were made
under a stock incentive plan without stockholder approval.
27
Stock
Performance Graph
The graph set forth below compares the cumulative total
stockholder return on our common stock between June 19,
2006 (the date our common stock began trading on NASDAQ) and
December 31, 2010, with the cumulative total return of
(i) the Nasdaq Computer Index and (ii) the Nasdaq
Composite Index, over the same period. This graph assumes the
investment of $100 on June 19, 2006 in our common stock,
the Nasdaq Computer Index and the Nasdaq Composite Index, and
assumes the reinvestment of dividends, if any. The graph assumes
the initial value of our common stock on June 19, 2006 was
the closing sales price of $8.50 per share.
The comparisons shown in the graph below are based upon
historical data. We caution that the stock price performance
shown in the graph below is not necessarily indicative of, nor
is it intended to forecast, the potential future performance of
our common stock. Information used in the graph was obtained
from NASDAQ, a source believed to be reliable, but we are not
responsible for any errors or omissions in such information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6/19/06
|
|
|
12/29/06
|
|
|
12/31/07
|
|
|
12/31/08
|
|
|
12/31/09
|
|
|
12/31/10
|
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
Nasdaq Composite Index
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
Nasdaq Computer Index
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
The following selected financial data should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
related notes and the Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and other financial data included elsewhere in this
Form 10-K.
The selected statements of operations and the selected balance
sheet data are derived from our consolidated audited financial
statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
165,969
|
|
|
$
|
128,805
|
|
|
$
|
110,982
|
|
|
$
|
123,538
|
|
|
$
|
72,406
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services ($0, $0, $0, $0, and $3,714 were purchased from
related parties during 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively)*
|
|
|
83,217
|
|
|
|
64,455
|
|
|
|
53,528
|
|
|
|
55,305
|
|
|
|
35,643
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
26,008
|
|
|
|
13,153
|
|
|
|
11,049
|
|
|
|
10,629
|
|
|
|
7,726
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
33,743
|
|
|
|
23,650
|
|
|
|
21,718
|
|
|
|
18,531
|
|
|
|
10,474
|
|
Net change in contingent consideration obligation
|
|
|
4,295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,403
|
|
|
|
8,499
|
|
|
|
6,656
|
|
|
|
5,237
|
|
|
|
3,267
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
156,666
|
|
|
|
109,757
|
|
|
|
92,951
|
|
|
|
89,702
|
|
|
|
57,110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
9,303
|
|
|
|
19,048
|
|
|
|
18,031
|
|
|
|
33,836
|
|
|
|
15,296
|
|
Interest and other income
|
|
|
1,058
|
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
|
2,369
|
|
|
|
3,974
|
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1,264
|
)
|
|
|
(741
|
)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
(66
|
)
|
|
|
(100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax expense
|
|
|
9,097
|
|
|
|
18,833
|
|
|
|
20,304
|
|
|
|
37,744
|
|
|
|
17,452
|
|
Income tax (expense) benefit
|
|
|
(5,223
|
)
|
|
|
(6,536
|
)
|
|
|
(8,424
|
)
|
|
|
(13,988
|
)
|
|
|
(7,310
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
3,874
|
|
|
$
|
12,297
|
|
|
$
|
11,880
|
|
|
$
|
23,756
|
|
|
$
|
10,142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.40
|
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
|
$
|
0.74
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
0.71
|
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
31,971
|
|
|
|
30,813
|
|
|
|
31,619
|
|
|
|
32,215
|
|
|
|
27,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
33,011
|
|
|
|
31,145
|
|
|
|
32,187
|
|
|
|
33,375
|
|
|
|
29,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is
shown separately. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
|
|
$
|
189,635
|
|
|
$
|
97,684
|
|
|
$
|
78,763
|
|
|
$
|
95,857
|
|
|
$
|
78,952
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
203,796
|
|
|
|
108,336
|
|
|
|
91,248
|
|
|
|
113,004
|
|
|
|
86,915
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
340,399
|
|
|
|
172,559
|
|
|
|
145,319
|
|
|
|
139,018
|
|
|
|
104,925
|
|
Lease financing obligation long-term
|
|
|
9,205
|
|
|
|
9,150
|
|
|
|
6,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingent consideration obligation long-term
|
|
|
16,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
288,023
|
|
|
|
146,464
|
|
|
|
124,338
|
|
|
|
126,791
|
|
|
|
95,273
|
|
29
|
|
Item 7.
|
Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.
|
This annual report on
Form 10-K,
particularly Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations set forth below,
contains forward-looking statements within the
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
These statements are subject to risks and uncertainties and are
based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management as of the
date hereof based on information currently available to our
management. Use of words such as believes,
expects, anticipates,
intends, plans, should,
continues, likely or similar
expressions, indicate a forward-looking statement.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future
performance and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions.
Actual results may differ materially from the forward-looking
statements we make. We caution investors not to place
substantial reliance on the forward-looking statements included
in this report on
Form 10-K.
These statements speak only as of the date of this report
(unless another date is indicated), and we undertake no
obligation to update or revise the statements in light of future
developments.
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the
Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes that
appear elsewhere in this document. All numbers are expressed in
thousands unless otherwise stated.
Overview
We are a leading provider of on-demand transaction, content and
connectivity management solutions that enable communications
service providers (CSPs), cable operators/ multi-services
operators (MSOs), original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) with
embedded connectivity (e.g. smartphones, laptops, netbooks and
mobile internet devices, among others),
e-Tailers/retailers
enterprise business, and other customers to accelerate and
monetize their
go-to-market
strategies for connected devices. This includes automating
subscriber activation, order management, service provisioning
and connectivity and content management from any channel (e.g.,
e-commerce,
telesales, enterprise, indirect and other retail outlets, etc.)
to any communication service (e.g., wireless(2G, 3G, 4G), high
speed access, local access, IPTV, cable, satellite TV, etc.)
across any connected device type and content transfer. Our
ConvergenceNow®,
ConvergenceNow®
Plus+tm
and
InterconnectNowtm
platforms provide
end-to-end
seamless integration between customer-facing
channels/applications, communication services, or devices and
back-office infrastructure-related systems and
processes. Our customers rely on our solutions and technology to
automate the process of activation and content management for
their customers devices while delivering additional
communication services. Our platforms are designed to be
flexible and scalable to enable multiple converged communication
services to be managed across multiple distribution channels
allowing us to meet the rapidly changing and converging services
and connected devices offered by our customers. We enable our
customers to acquire, retain and service subscribers quickly,
reliably and cost-effectively by simplifying the processes
associated with managing the customer experience for activating
and synchronizing connected devices and services through the use
of our platforms.
On July 19, 2010 we acquired FusionOne, Inc. and its
subsidiary, FusionOne Esti ou (Estonia)
(collectively, FusionOne) for approximately
$32 million in cash, issued approximately 400 thousand
common shares of our Common Stock and potentially may make
payments (Earn-out) totaling up to $35 million
in cash and stock, based on achievements of certain financial
targets for the period from July 1, 2010 through
December 31, 2011. FusionOne was incorporated in Delaware
on May 19, 1998 and began operations on November 4,
1998 (inception). FusionOne provides internet synchronization
technology and marketing services that make information access
seamless and simple across multiple communications and computing
devices across both compatible and traditionally incompatible
systems. In addition, FusionOne has expanded its technology to
provide personal content management applications for mobile
phone users which includes affordable backup of the users
address book, calendar, pictures and downloaded content.
Our industry-leading customers include tier 1 service
providers such as AT&T Inc., Verizon Wireless and Vodafone,
tier 1 cable operators /MSOs like Cablevision, Charter
Communications, Comcast, and Time Warner Cable and large
OEMs/e-Tailers such as Apple, Dell, Panasonic and Nokia. These
customers utilize our platforms, technology and services to
service both consumer and business customers, including over 300
of the Fortune 500 companies.
30
Revenues
We generate a substantial portion of our revenues on a
per-transaction basis, most of which is derived from contracts
that extend up to 60 months from execution. For the years
ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we derived approximately
79% and 83%, respectively, of our revenues from transactions
processed and subscription arrangements. The remainder of our
revenues was generated by professional services and licenses.
Historically, our revenues have been directly impacted by the
number of transactions processed. In recent years, the fourth
quarter has had the highest volume of transactions processed due
to increased consumer activation activity during the holiday
season. The future success of our business depends on the
continued growth of consumer and business transactions and, as
such, the volume of transactions that we process could fluctuate
on a quarterly basis. See Current Trends Affecting Our
Results of Operations for certain matters regarding future
results of operations.
We currently derive a significant portion of our revenues from
one customer, AT&T. For the year ended December 31,
2010, AT&T accounted for approximately 62% of our revenues,
compared to 65% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our
agreement with AT&T was renewed effective January 1,
2009 and runs through December of 2011. AT&T may renew this
agreement for two additional one year periods. This agreement
defines the work activities, transaction pricing, forecasting
process, service level agreements and remedies associated with
certain services performed by us for AT&Ts ecommerce
organization. The agreement provides for AT&T to pay us
(i) a monthly hosting fee, (ii) a fee based on the
number of transactions processed through our technology
platform, (iii) a fee based on manual processing services
and (iv) for professional services rendered by us. A copy
of this agreement has been previously filed with the
Securities & Exchange Commission.
Our five largest customers, for the year ended December 31,
2010 were AT&T, Level 3 Communications, Time Warner
Cable, Verizon Wireless, and Vonage, which accounted for
approximately 83% of our revenues, compared to 84% of our
revenues from our five largest customers, AT&T, Comcast,
Level 3 Communications, Time Warner Cable, and Vonage, for
the year ended December 31, 2009. See Risk
Factors for certain matters bearing risks on our future
results of operations.
Costs
and Expenses
Our costs and expenses consist of cost of services, research and
development, selling, general and administrative, depreciation
and amortization, change in contingent consideration and
interest and other expense.
Cost of services includes all direct materials, direct labor,
cost of facilities and those indirect costs related to revenues
such as indirect labor, materials and supplies. Our primary cost
of services is related to our information technology and systems
department, including network costs, data center maintenance,
database management and data processing costs, as well as
personnel costs associated with service implementation, customer
deployment and customer care. Also included in cost of services
are costs associated with our exception handling centers and the
maintenance of those centers. Currently, we utilize a
combination of employees and third-party providers to process
transactions through these centers.
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred unless
they meet GAAP criteria for deferral and amortization. Software
development costs incurred prior to the establishment of
technological feasibility do not meet these criteria, and are
expensed as incurred. Research and development expense consists
primarily of costs related to personnel, including salaries and
other personnel-related expenses, consulting fees and the cost
of facilities, computer and support services used in service
technology development. We also expense costs relating to
developing modifications and minor enhancements of our existing
technology and services.
Selling, general and administrative expense consists of
personnel costs including salaries, sales commissions, sales
operations and other personnel-related expense, travel and
related expense, trade shows, costs of communications equipment
and support services, facilities costs, consulting fees and
costs of marketing programs, such as internet and print. General
and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and
other personnel-related expense for our executive,
administrative, legal, finance and human resources functions,
facilities, professional services fees, certain audit, tax and
bad debt expense.
31
Depreciation and amortization relates to our property and
equipment and includes our network infrastructure and
facilities. Amortization relates to the trademarks, customer
lists and technology acquired from Wisor in 2008 and from
FusionOne in 2010.
Net change in contingent consideration obligation consists of
the changes to the fair value estimate of the obligation to the
FusionOne former equity holders. The estimate is based on the
weighted probability achievements of certain financial targets
for the period from July 1, 2010 through December 31,
2011.
Interest and other expense consist of interest on our lease
financing obligations and other non-operating expenses.
Current
Trends Affecting Our Results of Operations
Our on-demand business model enables delivery of our proprietary
solutions over the Web as a service and has been driven by
market trends such as various forms of order provisioning, local
number portability, the implementation of new technologies,
subscriber growth, competitive churn, network changes, growth of
the emerging device market (i.e., smartphone devices, netbooks,
etc.) and consolidations in the industry. In particular, the
emergence of order provisioning of
e-commerce
transactions for smartphone devices, wireless, VoIP, LNP, and
other communication services surrounding the convergence of
bundled services has increased the need for our services and we
believe will continue to be a source of growth for us.
To support the growth driven by the favorable industry trends
mentioned above, we continue to look for opportunities to
improve our operating efficiencies, such as the utilization of
offshore technical and non-technical resources for our exception
handling center management. We believe that these opportunities
will continue to provide future benefits and position us to
support revenue growth. In addition, we anticipate further
automation of the transactions generated by our more mature
customers and additional transaction types. Our cost of services
can fluctuate from period to period based upon the level of
automation and the on-boarding of new transaction types.
We continue to advance our plans for the expansion of our
platform footprint with international carriers to support
connected devices and multiple networks through our focus on
transaction management. Our initiatives with AT&T across
direct and indirect commerce channels, business and consumer
segments continue to grow along with our account presence with a
number of Tier 1 cable MSOs and connected device
OEMs. We are also exploring additional opportunities
through merger and acquisition activities to support our
customer, product and geographic diversification strategies.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and
results of operations are based on our financial statements,
which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The
preparation of these financial statements in accordance with
GAAP requires us to utilize accounting policies and make certain
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingencies as of
the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses during a fiscal period. The Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) considers an accounting
policy to be critical if it is important to a companys
financial condition and results of operations, and if it
requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of
management in its application. We have discussed the selection
and development of the critical accounting policies with the
audit committee of our board of directors, and the audit
committee has reviewed our related disclosures in this report on
Form 10-K.
Although we believe that our judgments and estimates are
appropriate, correct and reasonable under the circumstances,
actual results may differ from those estimates.
We believe the following to be our critical accounting policies
because they are important to the portrayal of our financial
condition and results of operations and they require critical
management judgments and estimates about matters that are
uncertain. If actual results or events differ materially from
those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported
financial condition and results of operations for future periods
could be materially affected. See Risk Factors for
certain matters bearing risks on our future results of
operations.
32
Revenue
Recognition and Deferred Revenue
We provide services principally on a transactional basis or, at
times, on a fixed fee basis and recognize the revenues as the
services are performed or delivered as discussed below:
Transactional Service
Arrangements: Transaction revenues consist of
revenues derived from the processing of transactions through our
service platforms and represented approximately 76% of our
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 83% of our
revenues for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Transaction service arrangements include services such as
equipment orders, new account
set-up and
activation, number port requests, credit checks and inventory
management.
Transaction revenues are principally based on a set price per
transaction and are recognized based on the number of
transactions processed during each reporting period. Revenues
are recorded based on the total number of transactions processed
at the applicable price established in the relevant contract.
The total amount of revenues recognized is based primarily on
the volume of transactions. In many cases as the automation
rates increase, transaction costs for our customer decreases.
Many of our contracts guarantee minimum volume transactions from
the customer. In these instances, if the customers total
transaction volume for the period is less than the contractual
amount, we record revenues at the minimum guaranteed amount. At
times, transaction revenues may also include billings to
customers based on the number of individuals dedicated to
processing transactions.
Set-up fees
for transactional service arrangements are deferred and
recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the
contract since these amounts would not have been paid by the
customer without the related transactional service arrangement.
Revenues are presented net of discounts, which are volume level
driven, or credits, which are performance driven, and are
determined in the period in which the volume thresholds are met
or the services are provided.
Professional Service
Arrangements: Professional service revenues
represented approximately 17%, 15%, and 16% of our revenues for
the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. Professional services, when sold with
transactional service arrangements, are accounted for separately
when these services have value to the customer on a standalone
basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair
value of the professional services. When accounted for
separately, professional service revenues are recognized on a
monthly basis, as services are performed and all other elements
of revenue recognition have been satisfied.
In determining whether professional services can be accounted
for separately from transaction service revenues, we consider
the following factors for each professional services agreement:
availability of the professional services from other vendors,
whether objective and reliable evidence for fair value exists of
the undelivered elements, the nature of the professional
services, the timing of when the professional contract was
signed in comparison to the transaction service start date and
the contractual independence of the transactional service from
the professional services.
If a professional service arrangement were not to qualify for
separate accounting, we would recognize the professional service
revenues ratably over the remaining term of the transaction
contract. There were no such arrangements for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
Software License Arrangements: Software
license arrangements represented approximately 4% of our
revenues for the year ended 2010 and primarily related to our
Network Address Book Software, a component part of our
ConvergenceNow®
Plus+tm
platform which we acquired from FusionOne. We recognize revenues
when the license is delivered to our customers. When
arrangements include multiple elements, we allocate the total
fee among the various elements using the residual method. Under
the residual method, revenue is recognized when vendor-specific
objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value exists for all of the
undelivered elements of the arrangement, but does not exist for
one or more of the delivered elements of the arrangement.
Judgment is also involved in determining whether VSOE of fair
value for the undelivered elements exists. Such judgments can
impact the amount of revenue that we record in a given period.
While we follow specific and detailed rules and guidelines
related to revenue recognition, we make and use management
judgments and estimates in connection with the revenue
recognized in any reporting period, particularly in the areas
described above, as well as
33
collectability. If management made different estimates or
judgments, differences in the timing of the recognition of
revenue could occur.
Subscription Service
Arrangements: Subscription service arrangements
represented approximately 3% of our revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and 1% of our revenues for the years
ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and relate principally to
our
ActivationNow®
platform service which the customer accesses through a graphical
user interface and maintenance agreements on our software
license. We record revenues on a straight-line basis over the
life of the contract for our subscription service and
maintenance contracts.
Deferred Revenue: Deferred revenues primarily
represent billings to customers for services in advance of the
performance of services, with revenues recognized as the
services are rendered, and also includes the fair value of
deferred revenues recorded as a result of the FusionOne
acquisition.
Service
Level Standards
Pursuant to certain contracts, we are subject to service level
standards and to corresponding penalties for failure to meet
those standards. All performance-related penalties are reflected
as a corresponding reduction of our revenues. These penalties,
if applicable, are recorded in the month incurred and were not
significant for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated bad
debts resulting from the inability of our customers to make
required payments. The amount of the allowance account is based
on historical experience and our analysis of the accounts
receivable balance outstanding. While credit losses have
historically been within our expectations and the provisions
established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to
experience the same credit losses that we have in the past or
that our reserves will be adequate. If the financial condition
of one of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in its
inability to make payments, additional allowances may be
required which would result in an additional expense in the
period that this determination was made.
Income
Taxes
We account for the effects of income taxes that result from our
activities during the current and preceding years. Under this
method, deferred income tax liabilities and assets are based on
the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts
and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax
rates in effect in the years in which the differences are
expected to reverse or be utilized. The realization of deferred
tax assets is contingent upon the generation of future taxable
income. A valuation allowance is recorded if it is more
likely than not that a portion or all of a deferred tax
asset will not be realized.
As of December 31, 2010, and 2009 we had total unrecognized
tax benefit reserves of $600 thousand and $994 thousand
which includes $55 thousand and $119 thousand for accumulated
interest related to uncertain positions, respectively.
Components of the reserve are classified as either current or
long-term in the consolidated balance sheet based on when we
expect each of the items to be settled. Accordingly, we recorded
a long-term liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $522
thousand and a short term liability of $78 thousand on the
balance sheet at December 31, 2010 that would reduce the
effective tax rate if recognized. We record interest and
penalties accrued in relation to uncertain income tax positions
below the operating income line as a component of interest
expense. Tax returns for years 2007 and thereafter are subject
to future examination by tax authorities.
In 2010, the net decrease in the reserve for unrecognized tax
benefits was $329 thousand and the net decrease for interest
benefit was $64 thousand. We expect that the amount of
unrecognized tax benefits will change during fiscal year 2011;
however, we do not expect the change to have a significant
impact on our results of operations or financial position.
While we believe we have identified all reasonably identifiable
exposures and that the reserve we have established for
identifiable exposures is appropriate under the circumstances,
it is possible that additional exposures exist and that
exposures may be settled at amounts different than the amounts
reserved. It is also possible that
34
changes in facts and circumstances could cause us to either
materially increase or reduce the carrying amount of our tax
reserves.
Stock-Based
Compensation
As of December 31, 2010, we maintain three stock-based
compensation plans. Compensation cost is recognized for all
share-based payments granted and is based on the grant-date fair
value estimated using the weighted-average assumption of the
Black-Scholes option pricing models. The equity instrument is
not considered to be issued until the instrument vests. As a
result, compensation cost is recognized over the requisite
service period with an offsetting credit to additional paid-in
capital. Compensation expense also includes the amortization on
a straight-line basis over the remaining vesting period of the
intrinsic values of the stock options granted prior to 2006.
For our performance restricted stock awards we determine the
actual number of shares the recipient receives at the end of the
annual performance period based on the results achieved versus
goals based on our annual performance targets, such as operating
income. Once the number of awards is determined, the
compensation cost is fixed and continues to be recognized on a
straight line basis over the requisite service period. In
addition, certain employees from our acquisition of FusionOne
are eligible to receive contingent Earn-out payments. The share
portion of the Earn-out is recorded as stock based compensation
expense and is recorded over the performance period when it is
probable that the performance targets will be achieved. This
compensation cost will be fixed at the end of the Earn-out
period, and therefore, is subject to volatility based on our
stock price.
We classify benefits of tax deductions in excess of the
compensation cost recognized (excess tax benefits) as a
financing cash inflow with a corresponding operating cash
outflow. We included $2.4 million, $147 thousand and
$1.4 million of excess tax benefits as a financing cash
inflow for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008, respectively.
We utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model for
determining the estimated fair value for stock-based awards. Use
of a valuation model requires management to make certain
assumptions with respect to selected model inputs. Expected
volatility was calculated based on a blended weighted-average of
historical information of similar public entities for which
historical information was available. We will continue to use
the approach of using other similar public entity volatility
information until our historical volatility is relevant to
measure expected volatility for future option grants. The
average expected life was determined using the mid-point between
the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The
risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury
zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected
life assumed at the date of grant. We have never declared or
paid cash dividends on our common or preferred equity and do not
anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Forfeitures are estimated based on voluntary termination
behavior, as well as a historical analysis of actual option
forfeitures.
The weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes
option pricing model are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Expected stock price volatility
|
|
|
62
|
%
|
|
|
62
|
%
|
|
|
64
|
%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.45
|
%
|
|
|
2.81
|
%
|
|
|
3.81
|
%
|
Expected life of options (in years)
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
The weighted-average fair value (as of the date of grant) of the
options granted was $11.18, $6.67 and $8.42 per share for the
year ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The total stock-based compensation cost related to non-vested
equity awards not yet recognized as an expense as of
December 31, 2010 was approximately $30.0 million.
During October 2009, the Compensation Committee of our Board of
Directors approved amendments to stock options held by certain
employees to permit transferability of such options to family
members. As a result of the amendments, options to purchase an
aggregate of 401,962 shares of our common stock no longer
qualify as
35
incentive stock options under Section 422 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Accordingly, we
treated the amended stock options as if they were non-qualified
stock options since inception, which resulted in a deferred tax
asset of approximately $1.7 million. Also, there was no
incremental compensation cost associated with each amended stock
option resulting from the measurement of the excess of the fair
value of the stock option immediately following its amendment
over the fair value of the stock option immediately prior to its
amendment based on the share price and other pertinent factors
at that date.
Business
Combinations
We account for business combinations in accordance with the
acquisition method. The acquisition method of accounting
requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be
recorded at their fair values on the date of a business
acquisition. Our consolidated financial statements and results
of operations reflect an acquired business from the completion
date of an acquisition.
The judgments that we make in determining the estimated fair
value assigned to each class of assets acquired and liabilities
assumed, as well as asset lives, can materially impact net
income in periods following a business combination. We generally
use either the income, cost or market approach to aid in our
conclusions of such fair values and asset lives. The income
approach presumes that the value of an asset can be estimated by
the net economic benefit to be received over the life of the
asset, discounted to present value. The cost approach presumes
that an investor would pay no more for an asset than its
replacement or reproduction cost. The market approach estimates
value based on what other participants in the market have paid
for reasonably similar assets. Although each valuation approach
is considered in valuing the assets acquired, the approach
ultimately selected is based on the characteristics of the asset
and the availability of information.
For acquisitions completed after January 1, 2009, we record
contingent consideration resulting from a business combination
at its fair value on the acquisition date. Each reporting period
thereafter, we revalue these obligations and record increases or
decreases in their fair value as an adjustment to net change in
contingent consideration obligation within the consolidated
statement of income. Changes in the fair value of the contingent
consideration obligation can result from updates in the
achievement of financial targets and changes to the weighted
probability of achieving those future financial targets.
Significant judgment is employed in determining the
appropriateness of these assumptions as of the acquisition date
and for each subsequent period. Accordingly, any change in the
assumptions described above could have a material impact on the
amount of the net change in contingent consideration obligation
that we record in any given period.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of assets acquired, including other definite-lived
intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized, but reviewed
annually for impairment or upon the occurrence of events or
changes in circumstances that would more likely than not reduce
the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount.
We performed our annual impairment test noting no impairment,
and we do not believe we are at risk for impairment.
The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended
December 31, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
6,911
|
|
Acquired goodwill
|
|
|
12,152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
19,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
Results
of Operations
Year
ended December 31, 2010, compared to the Year ended
December 31, 2009
The following table presents an overview of our results of
operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
2010 vs 2009
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
165,969
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
128,805
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
37,164
|
|
|
|
28.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services*
|
|
|
83,217
|
|
|
|
50.1
|
%
|
|
|
64,455
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
18,762
|
|
|
|
29.1
|
%
|
Research and development
|
|
|
26,008
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
%
|
|
|
13,153
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
%
|
|
|
12,855
|
|
|
|
97.7
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
33,743
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
%
|
|
|
23,650
|
|
|
|
18.4
|
%
|
|
|
10,093
|
|
|
|
42.7
|
%
|
Net change in contingent consideration obligation
|
|
|
4,295
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,295
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,403
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
%
|
|
|
8,499
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
|
|
904
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156,666
|
|
|
|
94.4
|
%
|
|
|
109,757
|
|
|
|
85.2
|
%
|
|
|
46,909
|
|
|
|
42.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
9,303
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
19,048
|
|
|
|
14.8
|
%
|
|
$
|
(9,745
|
)
|
|
|
(51.2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is
shown separately. |
Net Revenues. Net revenues increased by
$37.2 million to $166.0 million in 2010, compared to
2009. This increase was primarily due to increased transaction
volumes and expansion into new programs from our AT&T and
Time Warner Cable relationships and due to our FusionOne
acquisition which contributed additional license and
subscription revenues in the year. Net revenues related to
AT&T increased $18.7 million to $102.4 million
for 2010, compared to 2009. AT&T represented 61.7% and
64.9% of our revenues for 2010 and 2009, respectively. Net
revenues outside of AT&T increased by $17.8 million in
2010 compared to 2009. Net revenues outside of AT&T
represented 38.3% and 35.1% of our revenues in 2010 and 2009,
respectively. Transaction and subscription revenues recognized
for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 represented
78.5% or $130.4 million and 83.4% or $107.4 million of
net revenues, respectively. Professional service revenues as a
percentage of sales were 17.3% or $28.7 million in 2010,
compared to 15.2% or $19.6 million in 2009. As a result of
the FusionOne acquisition, license revenues increased
$5.1 million to $6.9 million or 4.2% of net revenues
for 2010 as compared to 2009.
Expense
Cost of Services. Cost of services increased
$18.8 million to $83.2 million in 2010, compared to
2009, due primarily to an increase of $7.3 million for
outside consultants related to growth in existing and new
programs with our customers. There was an increase of
$6.3 million in our personnel and related costs and an
increase of $1.9 million in stock-based compensation in
2010, compared to 2009. The increase in personnel and related
costs and stock-based compensation was due primarily to an
increase in headcount as a result of the FusionOne acquisition
and our continued global and domestic expansion. In addition,
there was an increase of $3.5 million in telecommunication
and facility costs related to the increased call volume and
capacity associated with our data facilities and our expansions
related to the FusionOne acquisition offset by a decrease of
$382 thousand in license fees related to our 2009 ATG license
purchase. Cost of services as a percentage of net revenues
increased to 50.1% for 2010, as compared to 50.0% for 2009.
Research and Development. Research and
development expense increased approximately $12.9 million
to $26.0 million in 2010, compared to 2009, due primarily
to the acquisition of FusionOne. Personnel and related costs
increased $6.4 million and stock-based compensation
increased $1.4 million in 2010, compared to 2009, due to an
increase in headcount and our continued global and domestic
expansion. Also included in the increase in personnel and
related costs and in stock-based compensation costs was $606
thousand related to the FusionOne employee Earn-out achieved
during the year ended December 31, 2010. In addition there
was an increase of $3.4 million in
37
professional services as a result of augmentations of our staff
related to the development of new technologies, an increase of
$1.1 million in telecommunication and facility costs
related to the increase in headcount and the utilization of our
expanded resources, and acquisition related fees of $211
thousand related to our acquisition of FusionOne. Research and
development expense as a percentage of net revenues increased to
15.7% for 2010, compared to 10.2% in 2009.
Selling, General and Administrative. Selling,
general and administrative expenses increased $10.1 million
to $33.7 million in 2010, compared to 2009, primarily due
to the acquisition of FusionOne including acquisition related
fees of $2.9 million for investment banking and
professional services. Personnel and related costs increased by
$4.4 million, stock-based compensation expense increased by
$2.0 million, consulting costs increased by
$576 thousand and marketing costs increased by $338
thousand in 2010, compared to 2009. Additionally, franchise
taxes and other taxes increased by $380 thousand in 2010,
compared to 2009. The increase in personnel and related and
stock-based compensation costs was primarily due to an increase
in headcount as a result of our continued growth. Also included
in the increase in personnel and related costs and in
stock-based compensation costs were costs of $477 thousand
related to the FusionOne employee Earn-out achieving some of the
quarterly targets during the year ended December 31, 2010
in addition to updates to the FusionOne 2011 forecast and the
weighted probability of achieving future quarterly targets. The
increase in consulting and marketing costs relate to our
expanded business development and marketing activities. These
expenses were offset by decreases in professional services of
$292 thousand and bad debt expense of $318 thousand.
Lastly, during 2010, there were integration, restructuring and
exit activity costs of $207 thousand related to our
consolidation of FusionOne. Selling, general and administrative
expense as a percentage of net revenues increased to 20.3% for
2010, as compared to 18.4% for 2009.
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation
and amortization expense increased $904 thousand to
$9.4 million in 2010, compared to 2009, primarily related
to the amortization of our newly acquired intangible assets of
FusionOne. This increase was offset by the completion of the
depreciation of certain assets which, for accounting purposes,
have reached the end of their respective lives. Depreciation and
amortization expense as a percentage of net revenues decreased
to 5.7% for 2010, as compared to 6.6% for 2009.
Net change in contingent consideration
obligation. The fair value change in the
contingent consideration liability related to the Earn-out for
the FusionOne equity holders resulted in additional expense of
$4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The
increase in the estimate of the fair value of the contingent
consideration obligation is due to FusionOne business achieving
some of the quarterly targets in addition to updates to the
FusionOne 2011 forecast and the weighted probability of
achieving certain future quarterly targets.
Income from Operations. Income from operations
decreased $9.7 million to $9.3 million in 2010,
compared to 2009. This decrease was due primarily to the change
in contingent consideration obligation and related costs
associated with the acquisition of FusionOne and increased
investments in our research and development staff and related
costs. Income from operations as a percentage of net revenues
decreased to 5.6% for 2010, as compared to 14.8% for 2009.
Interest and other income. Interest and other
income increased $532 thousand to $1.1 million in 2010,
compared to 2009. Interest and other income increased primarily
due to proceeds from an insurance claim for damaged equipment
offset by decreased interest income due to lower yields and
effective interest rates on our investments.
Interest and other expense. Interest expense
increased $523 thousand to $1.3 million in 2010, compared
to 2009. Interest and other expense increased primarily due to
the lease financing obligation related to our Pennsylvania
facility that began in April 2009. During the years ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009 we recognized approximately $913
thousand and $674 thousand, respectively, of interest expense
related to the facility lease. The remaining increase was due to
fixed asset disposals and foreign currency loses.
Income Tax. During 2010 and 2009, we
recognized approximately $5.2 million and $6.5 million
in income tax expense, respectively. Our effective tax rate was
approximately 57.4% and 34.7% during 2010 and 2009,
respectively. We review the expected annual effective income tax
rate and make changes on a quarterly basis as necessary based on
certain factors such as changes in forecasted annual operating
income, changes to the actual and forecasted permanent
book-to-tax
differences, or changes resulting from the impact of a tax law
change. In 2010,
38
our effective tax rate was higher than our US federal statutory
rate primarily due to the unfavorable tax impact of the fair
market value adjustment for the contingent consideration
obligation related to the Earn-out for the FusionOne equity
holders, the nondeductible transaction costs related to the
FusionOne acquisition, and other nondeductible items including
GAAP compensation expense for incentive stock options. In
addition, the tax rate increase from the prior year is also
impacted by the expiration of the tax holiday in India and
increased state taxes due to more contracts being performed in
those locations.
We expect to be exposed to fluctuations in our effective rate
during the FusionOne Earn-out period for our contingent
consideration liability. Due to the nature of this transaction
we may experience significant adjustments to fair value of the
contingent consideration obligation depending on the outcome of
the quarterly achievements.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of
unrecognized tax benefits for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefit at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
994
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior periods
|
|
|
57
|
|
Decreases for tax positions of prior periods
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
Additions for tax positions of current periods
|
|
|
153
|
|
Reductions related to the expiration of statutes of limitations
|
|
|
(560
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefit at December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
ended December 31, 2009, compared to the Year ended
December 31, 2008
The following table presents an overview of our results of
operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
2009 vs 2008
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
128,805
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
110,982
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
17,823
|
|
|
|
16.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services*
|
|
|
64,455
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
53,528
|
|
|
|
48.2
|
%
|
|
|
10,927
|
|
|
|
20.4
|
%
|
Research and development
|
|
|
13,153
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
%
|
|
|
11,049
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
|
|
2,104
|
|
|
|
19.0
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
23,650
|
|
|
|
18.4
|
%
|
|
|
21,718
|
|
|
|
19.6
|
%
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
8,499
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
|
|
6,656
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
1,843
|
|
|
|
27.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
109,757
|
|
|
|
85.2
|
%
|
|
|
92,951
|
|
|
|
83.8
|
%
|
|
|
16,806
|
|
|
|
18.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
19,048
|
|
|
|
14.8
|
%
|
|
$
|
18,031
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,017
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Cost of services excludes depreciation which is shown separately. |
Net Revenue. Net revenues increased by
$17.8 million to $128.8 million in 2009, compared to
2008. This increase was primarily due to increased revenues from
existing customers. Net revenues related to AT&T increased
by $9.0 million to $83.7 million for 2009, compared to
2008. AT&T represented 64.9% and 67.3% of our revenues for
2009 and 2008, respectively. Net revenues outside of our
AT&T relationship increased by $8.8 million in 2009
compared to 2008. Net revenues outside of AT&T represented
35.1% and 32.7% of our revenues in 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Transaction and subscription revenues recognized for the year
ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 represented 83.4% or
$107.4 million and 84.1% or $93.4 million of net
revenues, respectively. Professional service revenues as a
percentage of sales were 15.2% or $19.6 million in 2009,
compared to 15.6% or $17.3 million in 2008.
Expense
Cost of Services. Cost of services increased
$10.9 million to $64.5 million in 2009, compared to
2008, due primarily to an increase of $4.9 million in
personnel and related costs and an increase of $0.6 million
in stock-based
39
compensation. The increase in personnel and related costs was
due primarily to an increase in headcount. In addition, there
was an increase of $1.8 million in telecommunication and
facility costs related to the expansion in infrastructure to
accommodate the growth of our customers and the transition to
our new facilities in Bethlehem, PA and Bangalore, India. Also,
there was an increase of $3.0 million for outside
consultants related to new programs for our customers. Cost of
services as a percentage of net revenues increased to 50.0% for
2009, as compared to 48.2% for 2008.
Research and Development. Research and
development expense increased approximately $2.1 million to
$13.2 million for 2009, compared to 2008, due primarily to
an increase of $2.9 million in personnel and related costs.
The increase in personnel and related costs was due primarily to
an increase of new technology such as the
ConvergenceNow®
Plus+tm
platform and other functionality in existing platforms and the
support of new customers. The growth of personnel was
distributed between our United States and India development
centers. Also, an increase of $0.4 million in additional
telecommunication and facility costs related to our new data
facilities contributed to the increase offset by a decrease of
$1.0 million in outside consulting costs, due to the
utilization of employees. Research and development expense as a
percentage of net revenues increased to 10.2% for 2009, compared
to 10.0% for 2008.
Selling, General and Administrative. Selling,
general and administrative expenses increased $1.9 million
to $23.7 million in 2009, compared to 2008, due primarily
to an increase of $0.9 million in personnel and related
costs and an increase in stock-based compensation expense of
$0.5 million offset by a decrease of $0.3 million in
consulting service costs. The increase in personnel and related
costs was primarily due to an increase in headcount offset by
reduced use of outside consultants. Bad debt expense increased
$0.6 million primarily due to an increase in our current
year account receivable balances and a specific reserve for one
of our customers which has experienced deterioration in its
financial condition. Also, legal and accounting professional
services increased approximately $0.3 million primarily due
to additional tax planning services and the defense of our
securities litigation. Selling, general and administrative
expense as a percentage of net revenues decreased to 18.4% for
2009, as compared to 19.6% for 2008.
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation
and amortization expense increased $1.8 million to
$8.5 million for 2009, compared to 2008, due to growth in
the invested value of our infrastructure and the amortization of
intangible assets acquired from Wisor. As a result of the amount
of fixed assets acquired in 2009 and 2008, depreciation and
amortization expense as a percentage of net revenues increased
to 6.6% for 2009, as compared to 6.0% for 2008.
Income from Operations. Income from operations
increased $1.0 million to $19.0 million in 2009,
compared to 2008. Income from operations decreased as a
percentage of revenues to 14.8% in 2009, compared to 16.2% in
2008. This decrease was primarily due to increased costs related
to exception handling of some of our newer transactions for both
existing and new customers, the completion and transition to our
new Bethlehem, PA and Bangalore, India facilities and the
continued new investments we are making in research and
development.
Interest and other income. Interest and other
income decreased $1.8 million to $526 in 2009, compared to
2008. Interest and other income decreased primarily due to lower
effective interest rates on our investments.
Interest Expense. Interest expense increased
$645 to $741 in 2009, compared to 2008. Interest expense
increased primarily due to the lease financing obligation
related to our Pennsylvania facility that began in April 2009
offset by lower expense related to the Wisor obligations that
were ended in 2008. During 2009 we recognized approximately $674
of interest expense related to the facility lease.
Income Tax. Our effective tax rate was
approximately 34.7% and 41.5% during 2009 and 2008,
respectively. Our effective rate was lower in 2009 primarily due
to the tax benefit received from the amendment and
disqualification of certain incentive stock options and an
increase in our services being performed in foreign countries.
During 2009 and 2008, we recognized approximately
$6.5 million and $8.4 million in related tax expense,
respectively.
40
Unaudited
Quarterly Results of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
June 30
|
|
September 30
|
|
December 31
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
35,063
|
|
|
$
|
37,218
|
|
|
$
|
44,456
|
|
|
$
|
49,232
|
|
Gross profit(2)
|
|
|
17,421
|
|
|
|
18,205
|
|
|
|
21,473
|
|
|
|
25,653
|
|
Net income(3)
|
|
|
2,733
|
|
|
|
2,953
|
|
|
|
2,141
|
|
|
|
(3,954
|
)
|
Basic net income per common share(1)
|
|
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
(0.09
|
)
|
Diluted net income per common share(1)
|
|
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
June 30
|
|
September 30
|
|
December 31
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
29,553
|
|
|
$
|
30,554
|
|
|
$
|
33,097
|
|
|
$
|
35,601
|
|
Gross profit(2)
|
|
|
14,354
|
|
|
|
15,364
|
|
|
|
16,307
|
|
|
|
18,325
|
|
Net income(4)
|
|
|
2,105
|
|
|
|
2,557
|
|
|
|
3,129
|
|
|
|
4,506
|
|
Basic net income per common share(1)
|
|
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
Diluted net income per common share(1)
|
|
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Per common share amounts for the quarters and full year have
been calculated separately. Accordingly, quarterly amounts do
not add to the annual amount because of differences in the
weighted-average common shares outstanding during each period
principally due to the effect of issuing shares of our common
stock and options during the year. |
|
(2) |
|
Gross profit is defined as net revenues less cost of services
and excludes depreciation and amortization expense. |
|
(3) |
|
Net income for the quarters ended September 31, and
December 31, 2010, included a change in contingent
consideration obligation of ($2.0) million and
$6.3 million, respectively. |
|
(4) |
|
Net income for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 included
a tax benefit resulting from the amendment of
401,962 shares of our incentive stock options. |
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
In 2010, our principal source of liquidity was cash provided by
operations and our secondary offering. Our cash, cash
equivalents and marketable securities balance was
$189.6 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of
$91.9 million as compared to the end of 2009. This increase
was primarily due to the $106.6 million in net proceeds
received from our secondary stock offering on November 23,
2010 and from cash provided by operations offset by
$32 million in cash used for the acquisition of FusionOne.
We anticipate that our principal uses of cash in the future will
be to fund the expansion of our business through both organic
growth as well as possible acquisition activities and the
expansion of our customer base internationally. Uses of cash
will also include facility expansion, capital expenditures and
working capital.
In May 2008, we entered into an agreement to lease space for our
Pennsylvania offices and data center in a newly constructed
facility. The lease has a term of 10 years and
5 months with an option to extend the term of the lease for
two consecutive five year periods. In August 2008, we amended
the lease whereby we agreed to reimburse the landlord for
certain leasehold improvements we had requested. The
construction phase of the building was complete as of
June 30, 2009. Since the tenant improvements, under the
lease amendment, are considered structural in nature and we are
responsible for reimbursement to the landlord for the cost of
these improvements we are considered to be the owner of the
construction project for accounting purposes. We recorded assets
on our balance sheet for all of the costs paid by the lessor to
construct the Pennsylvania facility through December 31,
2009, along with corresponding financing liabilities for amounts
equal to these lessor-paid construction costs through
December 31, 2009. Post construction-period accounting
requires determination of a portion of the monthly lease
payments to be construed as interest,
41
depreciation, and principal payments. At December 31, 2010,
we had recorded $8.8 million of construction costs funded
by the landlord, with an offsetting amount recorded as financing
liabilities. The lease did not qualify for a sale lease back
treatment and therefore the lease was treated as a financing
lease. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded
$913 thousand and $294 thousand of interest expense and
depreciation expense, respectively, related to the lease
agreement.
Discussion
of Cash Flows
Year
ended December 31, 2010, compared to the Year ended
December 31, 2009
Cash flows from operations. Net cash provided
by operating activities for the year ended December 31,
2010 was $21.7 million, compared to $29.7 million for
the year ended December 31, 2009. Our primary uses of cash
from operating activities are for personnel related expenditures
and outside consultants. We also make cash payments related to
taxes and leased facilities. During the year ended
December 31, 2010 we also made payments of approximately
$3.1 million related to our FusionOne related acquisition
transaction costs. The decrease in net cash provided by
operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010
of $8.0 million as compared to 2009 is primarily due to the
change in working capital which included a $8.1 million
increase in our accounts receivable balance as our collection of
customer accounts only partially offset the increase of
$37.2 million in customer sales and a $4.6 million
increase in our accounts payable and accrued expenses. The
accounts payable and accrued expenses accounts grew partially
due to increased expenses necessary to support higher revenues
as well as the up-front costs associated with the design,
business process flow and planning related to the on-boarding of
new business channels within our existing customers. Deferred
revenue increased primarily due to maintenance fees associated
with the FusionOne customer contracts.
Cash flows from investing. Net cash used in
investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010
was $47.2 million, compared to cash used in investing
activities of $13.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009. The primary use of cash was
$30.8 million used in the acquisition of FusionOne net of
cash acquired. In addition, there was $15.4 million used to
purchase property and equipment primarily related to our
continued investments in global information technology and
business system infrastructure. We also used $1.5 million
related to the purchase and maturity of our marketable
securities available for sale.
Cash flows from financing. Net cash provided
by financing activities for the year ended December 31,
2010 was $116.1 million compared to cash provided by
financing activities of $1.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009. The increase was due to the net proceeds
of $106.6 million from the secondary stock offering,
$8.1 million from the exercise of stock options, and
$2.4 million from an increase in the tax benefit from the
exercise of stock options, offset by $949 thousand of payments
made during 2010 on our capital obligation related to our data
facility.
We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and cash
generated from our operations will be sufficient to fund our
operations for the next twelve months.
Year
ended December 31, 2009, compared to the Year ended
December 31, 2008
Cash flows from operations. Net cash provided
by operating activities for the year ended December 31,
2009 was $29.7 million, compared to $26.4 million for
the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase of
$3.3 million is primarily due to an increase to net income,
accounts payable and accrued expenses and deferred revenue
balance partially offset by an increase to accounts receivable
and prepaid expenses and other current assets. The accounts
payable and accrued expenses accounts grew partially due to
increased expenses necessary to support higher revenues as well
the up-front costs associated with the design, business process
flow and planning related to the on-boarding of new business
channels within our existing customers. Deferred revenue
increased primarily due to increased
set-up fees
associated with new customer contracts.
Cash flows from investing. Net cash used in
investing activities in 2009 was $13.3 million, compared to
net cash used of $25.4 million in 2008. The decrease was
primarily due to the acquisition of Wisor in 2008 offset by a
net increase in leasehold improvements and fixed asset
acquisitions in 2009 primarily associated with the move to our
new facilities in Pennsylvania and Bangalore, India.
42
Cash flows from financing. Net cash provided
by financing activities for the year ended December 31,
2009 was $1.3 million compared to cash used by financing
activities of $21.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. In May 2008, we initiated a stock
repurchase program and during the year ended December 31,
2008, repurchased 2 million shares for an aggregate
purchase price of approximately $23.7 million. There were
no shares repurchased during the year ended December 31,
2009. The remaining difference was due to increased net proceeds
from the issuance of common stock of $0.7 million through
the exercise of stock options, increased tax benefits received
from the exercise of stock options and the amendment of certain
incentive stock options of $1.2 million offset by increased
payments of the long term lease obligations associated with the
Pennsylvania facility of approximately $0.3 million.
Effect of
Inflation
Although inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost
of labor and equipment, we do not believe that inflation has had
any material effect on our results of operations during 2010,
2009 and 2008.
Contractual
Obligations
Our commitments consist of obligations under leases for office
space, automobiles, computer equipment and furniture and
fixtures. The following table summarizes our long-term
contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010 (in
thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1 3 Years
|
|
|
4 5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Long-term lease obligations(1)
|
|
$
|
11,202
|
|
|
$
|
1,336
|
|
|
$
|
2,740
|
|
|
$
|
2,706
|
|
|
$
|
4,420
|
|
Contingent consideration obligation(2)
|
|
|
16,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
4,166
|
|
|
|
1,992
|
|
|
|
1,768
|
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities(3)
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
32,965
|
|
|
$
|
3,488
|
|
|
$
|
21,945
|
|
|
$
|
3,112
|
|
|
$
|
4,420
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amount represents obligation associated with the Pennsylvania
facility lease. |
|
(2) |
|
Amount represents the fair value of the contingent consideration
obligation of our FusionOne acquisition and is based on actual
and estimated achievements of financial targets as of
December 31, 2010. When settled at the end of the Earn-out
period the amount is subject to change due to the actual
achievements of financial targets and our stock price. We
potentially may make payments totaling up to $35 million in
cash and stock. |
|
(3) |
|
Amount represents unrecognized tax positions recorded in our
balance sheet. Although the timing of the settlement is
uncertain, we believe this amount will be settled within
3 years. |
Impact of
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In September 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update
(ASU)
No. 2009-14
Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software
Elements This standard requires tangible products that
contain software and non-software elements that work together to
deliver the products essential functionality to be
evaluated under the accounting standard regarding multiple
deliverable arrangements. This standard update is effective
January 1, 2011 and may be adopted prospectively for
revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified after
the date of adoption or retrospectively for all revenue
arrangements for all periods presented. We do not expect the
adoption of this standard to have a material effect on its
consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2009-13
Multiple Deliverable Revenue Arrangements a
consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force. This
standard provides principles for allocation of consideration
among its multiple-elements, allowing more flexibility in
identifying and accounting for separate deliverables under an
arrangement. ASU
No. 2009-13
introduces an estimated selling price method for valuing the
elements of a bundled arrangement if vendor-specific objective
evidence or third-party evidence of selling price is not
available, and significantly expands related disclosure
requirements. This standard is effective on a prospective basis
for revenue
43
arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years
beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Alternatively,
adoption may be on a retrospective basis, and early application
is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this statement to
have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements
or disclosures.
In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU
2010-17,
Revenue Recognition Milestone Method (Topic 605):
Milestone Method of Revenue Recognition (ASU
2010-17).
ASU 2010-17
provides guidance on defining a milestone and determining when
it may be appropriate to apply the milestone method of revenue
recognition for research or development transactions.
Consideration that is contingent on achievement of a milestone
in its entirety may be recognized as revenue in the period in
which the milestone is achieved only if the milestone is judged
to meet certain criteria to be considered substantive.
Milestones should be considered substantive in their entirety
and may not be bifurcated. An arrangement may contain both
substantive and non-substantive milestones, and each milestone
should be evaluated individually to determine if it is
substantive. ASU
2010-17 is
effective on a prospective basis for milestones achieved in
fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning
on or after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted.
We did not elect the early adoption option and because we
currently do not have performance payment milestones in our
contractual arrangements we do not expect that the adoption
would have a material impact on the consolidated financial
statements.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31,
2010 and December 31, 2009.
|
|
ITEM 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
Market
Risk
The following discussion about market risk disclosures involves
forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ
materially from those projected in the forward-looking
statements. We deposit our excess cash in high-quality financial
instruments, primarily money market funds and certificates of
deposit and, we may be exposed to market risks related to
changes in interest rates. We do not actively manage the risk of
interest rate fluctuations on our marketable securities;
however, such risk is mitigated by the relatively short-term
nature of these investments. We do not expect the current rate
of inflation to have a material impact on our business. These
investments are denominated in United States dollars.
The primary objective of our investment activities is to
preserve our capital for the purpose of funding operations,
while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our
investments without significantly increasing risk. To achieve
these objectives, our investment policy allows us to maintain a
portfolio of cash equivalents and short- and long-term
investments in a variety of securities, which could include
commercial paper, money market funds and corporate debt
securities. Our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were invested in liquid money
market accounts and certificates of deposit. All market-risk
sensitive instruments were entered into for non-trading purposes.
Foreign
Currency Exchange Risk
We conduct business outside the U.S. in several currencies
including the British Pound Sterling, Euro, and Indian Rupee.
The financial statements of these foreign subsidiaries are
translated into U.S. dollars using period-end rates of
exchange for assets and liabilities and average rates for the
period for revenues and expenses.
We do not hold any derivative instruments and do not engage in
any hedging activities. Although our reporting currency is the
U.S. dollar, we may conduct business and incur costs in the
local currencies of other countries in which we may operate,
make sales and buy materials. As a result, we are subject to
currency translation risk. Further, changes in exchange rates
between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar could affect
our future net sales and cost of sales and could result in
exchange losses.
We cannot accurately predict future exchange rates or the
overall impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our
business, results of operations and financial condition. To the
extent that our international activities recorded in local
currencies increase in the future, our exposure to fluctuations
in currency exchange rates will correspondingly increase and
hedging activities may be considered if appropriate.
44
|
|
ITEM 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
45
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and
2009, and the related consolidated statements of income,
stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2010. Our audits
also included the financial statement schedule listed in
Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our
opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken
as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the
information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.s internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on
criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission and our report dated March 4, 2011
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
MetroPark, New Jersey
March 4, 2011
46
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per
|
|
|
|
share data)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
180,367
|
|
|
$
|
89,924
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
1,766
|
|
|
|
2,558
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
$558 and $830 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
|
|
|
34,940
|
|
|
|
25,939
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
8,606
|
|
|
|
4,069
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
3,272
|
|
|
|
1,462
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
228,951
|
|
|
|
123,952
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
7,502
|
|
|
|
5,202
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
32,622
|
|
|
|
23,735
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
19,063
|
|
|
|
6,911
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
33,231
|
|
|
|
2,727
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
16,432
|
|
|
|
8,992
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
2,598
|
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
340,399
|
|
|
$
|
172,559
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
7,013
|
|
|
$
|
5,171
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
12,999
|
|
|
|
7,350
|
|
Deferred revenues
|
|
|
5,143
|
|
|
|
3,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
25,155
|
|
|
|
15,616
|
|
Lease financing obligation long-term
|
|
|
9,205
|
|
|
|
9,150
|
|
Contingent consideration obligation
|
|
|
16,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
1,329
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000 shares
authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000 shares
authorized, 38,863 and 33,104 shares issued; 36,863
and 31,104 outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Treasury stock, at cost (2,000 shares at December 31,
2010 and 2009)
|
|
|
(23,713
|
)
|
|
|
(23,713
|
)
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
255,656
|
|
|
|
117,797
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(182
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
56,258
|
|
|
|
52,384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
288,023
|
|
|
|
146,464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
340,399
|
|
|
$
|
172,559
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying consolidated notes.
47
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
165,969
|
|
|
$
|
128,805
|
|
|
$
|
110,982
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services*
|
|
|
83,217
|
|
|
|
64,455
|
|
|
|
53,528
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
26,008
|
|
|
|
13,153
|
|
|
|
11,049
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
33,743
|
|
|
|
23,650
|
|
|
|
21,718
|
|
Net change in contingent consideration obligation
|
|
|
4,295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,403
|
|
|
|
8,499
|
|
|
|
6,656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
156,666
|
|
|
|
109,757
|
|
|
|
92,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
9,303
|
|
|
|
19,048
|
|
|
|
18,031
|
|
Interest and other income
|
|
|
1,058
|
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
|
2,369
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1,264
|
)
|
|
|
(741
|
)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax expense
|
|
|
9,097
|
|
|
|
18,833
|
|
|
|
20,304
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(5,223
|
)
|
|
|
(6,536
|
)
|
|
|
(8,424
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
3,874
|
|
|
$
|
12,297
|
|
|
$
|
11,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders per Common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.40
|
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
31,971
|
|
|
|
30,813
|
|
|
|
31,619
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
33,011
|
|
|
|
31,145
|
|
|
|
32,187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is
shown separately. |
|
|
|
See notes to financial statement footnote 2. |
See accompanying consolidated notes.
48
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
32,726
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19
|
)
|
|
$
|
98,596
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
28,207
|
|
|
$
|
126,791
|
|
Stock based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,151
|
|
Issuance of restricted stock
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
980
|
|
Repurchase of treasury stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,000
|
)
|
|
|
(23,694
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,694
|
)
|
Retirement of treasury stock
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock on exercise of options
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
784
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,880
|
|
|
|
11,880
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments in marketable securities, net of
tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,942
|
|
Tax benefit from stock option exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
32,878
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
|
(2,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
(23,713
|
)
|
|
$
|
107,895
|
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
|
$
|
40,087
|
|
|
$
|
124,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,165
|
|
Issuance of restricted stock
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,091
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,091
|
|
Issuance of common stock on exercise of options
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,499
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,297
|
|
|
|
12,297
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on investments in marketable securities, net of
tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,224
|
|
Tax benefit from stock option exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
33,104
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
|
(2,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
(23,713
|
)
|
|
$
|
117,797
|
|
|
$
|
(7
|
)
|
|
$
|
52,384
|
|
|
$
|
146,464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,167
|
|
Issuance of restricted stock
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,804
|
|
Issuance of common stock on exercise of options
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,090
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,090
|
|
Issuance of common stock related to acquisition
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,136
|
|
Issuance of common stock from secondary offering
|
|
|
4,414
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
106,637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
106,638
|
|
Earn-out shares issuable
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
664
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(192
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(192
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on investments in marketable securities, net of
tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,699
|
|
Tax benefit from stock option exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
38,863
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
|
(2,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
(23,713
|
)
|
|
$
|
255,656
|
|
|
$
|
(182
|
)
|
|
$
|
56,258
|
|
|
$
|
288,023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying consolidated notes.
49
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
3,874
|
|
|
$
|
12,297
|
|
|
$
|
11,880
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
9,403
|
|
|
|
8,499
|
|
|
|
6,656
|
|
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from insurance claim
|
|
|
(418
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
(884
|
)
|
|
|
(715
|
)
|
Non-cash interest on leased facility
|
|
|
913
|
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
13,637
|
|
|
|
8,256
|
|
|
|
7,131
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(8,740
|
)
|
|
|
(643
|
)
|
|
|
3,784
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(1,927
|
)
|
|
|
(585
|
)
|
|
|
116
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(1,695
|
)
|
|
|
(409
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
5,678
|
|
|
|
1,043
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Contingent consideration obligation
|
|
|
4,795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefit from the exercise of stock options
|
|
|
(2,361
|
)
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
|
|
(1,384
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
|
(511
|
)
|
Deferred revenues
|
|
|
(1,352
|
)
|
|
|
1,643
|
|
|
|
(571
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
21,742
|
|
|
|
29,725
|
|
|
|
26,375
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of fixed assets
|
|
|
(15,423
|
)
|
|
|
(12,089
|
)
|
|
|
(4,449
|
)
|
Proceeds from the sale of fixed assets
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from insurance claim
|
|
|
418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of marketable securities
available-for-sale
|
|
|
(4,723
|
)
|
|
|
(4,103
|
)
|
|
|
(6,368
|
)
|
Maturities of marketable securities
available-for-sale
|
|
|
3,230
|
|
|
|
2,893
|
|
|
|
2,971
|
|
Business acquired, net of cash
|
|
|
(30,779
|
)
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
(17,556
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(47,222
|
)
|
|
|
(13,318
|
)
|
|
|
(25,402
|
)
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
|
|
|
8,090
|
|
|
|
1,499
|
|
|
|
784
|
|
Proceeds from secondary public offering, net of offering costs
|
|
|
106,637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefit from the exercise of stock option
|
|
|
2,361
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
1,384
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,694
|
)
|
Repayments of capital obligations
|
|
|
(949
|
)
|
|
|
(332
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
116,139
|
|
|
|
1,314
|
|
|
|
(21,526
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
90,443
|
|
|
|
17,721
|
|
|
|
(20,553
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
89,924
|
|
|
|
72,203
|
|
|
|
92,756
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
180,367
|
|
|
$
|
89,924
|
|
|
$
|
72,203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
|
6,225
|
|
|
|
7,271
|
|
|
|
7,823
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash increase in lease financing obligation and
construction-in-progress
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,123
|
|
|
$
|
6,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock in connection with the acquisition
|
|
|
7,136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying consolidated notes.
50
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
1.
|
Description
of Business
|
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the Company or
Synchronoss) is a leading provider of on-demand
transaction, content and connectivity management solutions that
enable communications service providers (CSPs), cable operators/
multi-services operators (MSOs), original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) with embedded connectivity (e.g.
smartphones, laptops, netbooks and mobile internet devices,
among others),
e-Tailers/retailers,
enterprise business and other customers to accelerate and
monetize their
go-to-market
strategies for connected devices. This includes automating
subscriber activation, order management and service provisioning
from any channel (e.g.,
e-commerce,
telesales, enterprise, indirect and other retail outlets, etc.)
to any communication service (e.g., wireless (2G, 3G, 4G), high
speed access, local access, IPTV, cable, satellite TV, etc.)
across any connected device type. The Companys
ConvergenceNow®,
ConvergenceNow®
Plus+TM
and
InterconnectNowtm
platforms provide
end-to-end
seamless integration between customer-facing
channels/applications, communication services, or devices and
back-office infrastructure-related systems and
processes. The Companys customers rely on the
Companys solutions and technology to automate the process
of activation and content management for their customers
devices while delivering additional communication services.
Synchronoss has designed its platforms to be flexible and
scalable to enable multiple converged communication services to
be managed across multiple distribution channels, including
e-commerce,
telesales, customer stores, indirect, and other retail outlets,
etc., allowing the Company to meet the rapidly changing and
converging services and connected devices offered by its
customers. The Company enables its customers to acquire, retain
and service subscribers quickly, reliably and cost-effectively
by simplifying the processes associated with managing the
customer experience for activating and synchronizing connected
devices and services through the use of its platforms.
On July 19, 2010 the Company acquired FusionOne, Inc. and
its subsidiary, FusionOne Esti ou (Estonia)
(collectively, FusionOne) for approximately
$32 million in cash, approximately 400 thousand common
shares of its Common Stock and potentially may make payments
(Earn-out) totaling up to $35 million in cash
and stock, based on achievements of certain financial targets
for the period from July 1, 2010 through December 31,
2011. FusionOne was incorporated in Delaware on May 19,
1998 and began operations on November 4, 1998 (inception).
FusionOne provides internet synchronization technology and
marketing services that make information access seamless and
simple across multiple communications and computing devices
across both compatible and traditionally incompatible systems.
In addition, FusionOne has expanded its technology to provide
personal content management applications for mobile phone users
which includes affordable backup of the users address
book, calendar, pictures and downloaded content.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Basis
of Presentation and Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany
transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
(GAAP) requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities
at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
51
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Revenue
Recognition and Deferred Revenue
The Company provides services principally on a transaction fee
basis or, at times, on a fixed fee basis and recognizes the
revenues as the services are performed or delivered as described
below:
Transaction Service Arrangements: Transaction
revenues consist of revenues derived from the processing of
transactions through the Companys service platforms and
represent approximately 76% of its revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and 83% of its revenues during the years
ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. Transaction service
arrangements include services such as processing equipment
orders, new account
set-up and
activation, number port requests, credit checks and inventory
management.
Transaction revenues are principally based on a contractual
price per transaction and are recognized based on the number of
transactions processed during each reporting period. Revenues
are recorded based on the total number of transactions processed
at the applicable price established in the relevant contract.
The total amount of revenues recognized is based primarily on
the volume of transactions.
Many of the Companys contracts guarantee minimum volume
transactions from the customer. In these instances, if the
customers total transaction volume for the period is less
than the contractual amount, the Company records revenues at the
minimum guaranteed amount. At times, transaction revenues may
also include billings to customers that reimburse the Company
based on the number of individuals dedicated to processing
transactions.
Set-up fees
for transactional service arrangements are deferred and
recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the
contract since these amounts would not have been paid by the
customer without the related transactional service arrangement.
Revenues are presented net of discounts, which are volume level
driven, or credits, which are performance driven, and are
determined in the period in which the volume thresholds are met
or the services are provided.
Professional Service
Arrangements: Professional services represented
approximately 17%, 15% and 16% of net revenues for the years
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Professional services include process and workflow consulting
services and development services. Professional services, when
sold with transactional service arrangements, are accounted for
separately when the professional services have value to the
customer on a standalone basis and there is objective and
reliable evidence of fair value of the professional services.
When accounted for separately, professional service revenues are
recognized on a monthly basis, as services are performed and all
other elements of revenue recognition have been satisfied.
In addition, in determining whether professional service
revenues can be accounted for separately from transaction
service revenues, the Company considers the following factors
for each professional services agreement: availability of the
professional services from other vendors, whether objective and
reliable evidence of fair value exists for these services and
the undelivered transaction revenues, the nature of the
professional services, the timing of when the professional
contract was signed in comparison to the transaction service
start date and the contractual independence of the transactional
service from the professional services.
If a professional service arrangement were not to qualify for
separate accounting, the Company would recognize the
professional service revenues ratably over the remaining term of
the transaction contract. For the years ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008, all professional services have been
accounted for separately.
Software License Arrangements: Software
license arrangements represented approximately 4% of the
Companys revenues for the year ended 2010 and primarily
related to its Network Address Book Software, a component part
of its
ConvergenceNow®
Plus+TM
which the Company acquired from FusionOne. The Company
recognizes revenue when the license is delivered to its
customers. When arrangements include multiple elements, the
Company allocates the total fee among the various elements using
the residual method. Under the residual method, revenue is
recognized when vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of
fair value exists for all of the undelivered elements of the
arrangement, but does not exist for one or more of the delivered
elements of the arrangement. Judgment is also involved in
determining whether VSOE of fair value for the undelivered
elements
52
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
exists. Such judgments can impact the amount of revenue that the
Company records in a given period. While the Company follows
specific and detailed rules and guidelines related to revenue
recognition, the Company makes and uses management judgments and
estimates in connection with the revenue recognized in any
reporting period, particularly in the areas described above, as
well as collectability. If the Companys management made
different estimates or judgments, differences in the timing of
the recognition of revenue could occur.
Subscription Service
Arrangements: Subscription service arrangements
represented approximately 3% of revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and 1% of revenues for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and relate
principally to the Companys enterprise portal management
services and maintenance agreements on software license. The
Company records revenues on a straight-line basis over the life
of the contract for its subscription service and maintenance
contracts.
Deferred Revenue: Deferred revenues primarily
represent billings to customers for services in advance of the
performance of the services, with revenues recognized as the
services are rendered, and also includes the fair value of
deferred revenues recorded as a result of the FusionOne
acquisition.
Service
Level Standards
Pursuant to certain contracts, the Company is subject to service
level standards and to corresponding penalties for failure to
meet those standards. All performance-related penalties are
reflected as a corresponding reduction of the Companys
revenues. These penalties, if applicable, are recorded in the
month incurred and were insignificant for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Concentration
of Credit Risk
The Companys financial instruments that are exposed to
concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash
equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable. The
Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents in bank
accounts, which, at times, exceed federally insured limits. The
Company deposits its excess cash in high-quality financial
instruments, primarily money market funds and certificates of
deposit in denominations below $250 thousand with various
financial institutions. The Company has not recognized any
losses in such accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed
to significant credit risk on cash, cash equivalents and
securities. Concentration of credit risk with respect to
accounts receivable is limited because of the creditworthiness
of the Companys major customers.
The Companys top five customers accounted for 83%, 84% and
89% of net revenues for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The
Companys top five customers accounted for 77% and 71% of
accounts receivable at December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively. The Company is the primary provider of
e-commerce
transaction management solutions to the
e-commerce
channel of AT&T Inc. (AT&T), the
Companys largest customer, under an agreement which was
renewed in January 2009 and runs through December of 2011. For
the year ended December 31, 2010, AT&T accounted for
approximately 62% of the Companys revenues, compared to
65% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The loss of
AT&T as a customer would have a material negative impact on
the Company. The Company believes that if AT&T terminated
its relationship with Synchronoss, AT&T would encounter
substantial costs in replacing Synchronoss transaction
management solution.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments and Liabilities
The Company includes disclosures of fair value information about
financial instruments and liabilities, whether or not recognized
in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate
that value. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amounts
reported in the financial statements approximate the fair value
for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts
payable.
53
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased
with a maturity of three months or less at the date of
acquisition to be cash equivalents.
Marketable
Securities
Marketable securities consist of fixed income investments with a
maturity of greater than three months. These investments are
classified as
available-for-sale
and are reported at fair value on the Companys balance
sheet. The Company classifies its securities with maturity dates
of 12 months or more as long term. Unrealized holding gains
and losses are reported within accumulated other comprehensive
(loss) income as a separate component of stockholders
equity. If a decline in the fair value of a marketable security
below the Companys cost basis is determined to be other
than temporary, such marketable security is written down to its
estimated fair value as a new cost basis and the amount of the
write-down is included in earnings as an impairment charge.
Other than temporary charges, no other than temporary impairment
charges have been recorded in any of the periods presented
herein.
Accounts
Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to the Company from
normal business activities. The Company maintains an allowance
for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its
customers to make required payments. The Company estimates
uncollectible amounts based upon historical bad debts, current
customer receivable balances, the age of customer receivable
balances, the customers financial condition and current
economic trends.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at
cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
of the assets, which range from 3 to 5 years, or the lesser
of the related initial term of the lease or useful life for
leasehold improvements. Amortization of property and equipment
recorded under a capital lease is included with depreciation
expense. Expenditures for routine maintenance and repairs are
charged against operations. Major replacements, improvements and
additions are capitalized.
Business
Combinations
The Company accounts for business combinations in accordance
with the acquisition method. The acquisition method of
accounting requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed
be recorded at their fair values on the date of a business
acquisition. The Companys consolidated financial
statements and results of operations reflect an acquired
business from the completion date of an acquisition.
The judgments that the Company makes in determining the
estimated fair value assigned to each class of assets acquired
and liabilities assumed, as well as asset lives, can materially
impact net income in periods following a business combination.
The Company generally uses either the income, cost or market
approach to aid in its conclusions of such fair values and asset
lives. The income approach presumes that the value of an asset
can be estimated by the net economic benefit to be received over
the life of the asset, discounted to present value. The cost
approach presumes that an investor would pay no more for an
asset than its replacement or reproduction cost. The market
approach estimates value based on what other participants in the
market have paid for reasonably similar assets. Although each
valuation approach is considered in valuing the assets acquired,
the approach ultimately selected is based on the characteristics
of the asset and the availability of information.
For acquisitions completed after January 1, 2009, the
Company records contingent consideration resulting from a
business combination at its fair value on the acquisition date.
Each reporting period thereafter, the Company revalues these
obligations and records increases or decreases in their fair
value as an adjustment to net change in contingent consideration
obligation within the consolidated statement of income. Changes
in the fair value of the
54
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
contingent consideration obligation can result from updates in
the achievement of financial targets and changes to the weighted
probability of achieving those future financial targets.
Significant judgment is employed in determining the
appropriateness of these assumptions as of the acquisition date
and for each subsequent period. Accordingly, any change in the
assumptions described above, could have a material impact on the
amount of the net change in contingent consideration obligation
that the Company records in any given period.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of assets acquired, including other definite-lived
intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized, but reviewed
annually for impairment or upon the occurrence of events or
changes in circumstances that would more likely than not reduce
the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount.
There were no impairment charges recognized during the years
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
A review of long-lived assets for impairment is performed when
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
value of such assets may not be recoverable. If an indication of
impairment is present, the Company compares the estimated
undiscounted future cash flows to be generated by the asset to
the assets carrying amount. If the undiscounted future
cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, the
Company records an impairment loss equal to the amount by which
the assets carrying amount exceeds its fair value. The
fair value is determined based on valuation techniques such as a
comparison to fair values of similar assets or using a
discounted cash flow analysis. There were no impairment charges
recognized during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009
and 2008.
Cost
of Services
Cost of services includes all direct materials, direct labor and
those indirect costs related to revenues such as indirect labor,
materials and supplies and facilities cost, exclusive of
depreciation expense.
Research
and Development
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred, unless
they meet GAAP criteria for deferral and amortization. Software
development costs incurred prior to the establishment of
technological feasibility do not meet these criteria, and are
expensed as incurred. Amortization of software development costs
is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets, 3 and 5 years. As of
December 31, 2010, $1.8 million of unamortized
software development costs and $185 thousand of amortization
expense were recognized during the year. As of December 31,
2009, $349 thousand of unamortized software development costs
and no amortization expense were recognized during the year.
Research and development expense consists primarily of costs
related to personnel, including salaries and other
personnel-related expenses, consulting fees and the cost of
facilities, computer and support services used in service
technology development. The Company also expenses costs relating
to developing modifications and minor enhancements of its
existing technology and services.
Income
Taxes
The Company accounts for the effects of income taxes that result
from its activities during the current and preceding years.
Under this method, deferred income tax liabilities and assets
based on the difference between the financial statement carrying
amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using
enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the
differences are expected to reverse or be utilized. The
realization of deferred tax assets is contingent upon the
generation of future taxable income. A valuation allowance is
recorded if it is more likely than not that a
portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
55
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As of December 31, 2010, and 2009 the Company had total
unrecognized tax benefit reserves of $600 and $994 which
includes $55 and $119 for interest related to uncertain
positions, respectively. Components of the reserve are
classified as either current or long-term in the consolidated
balance sheet based on when it is expected that each of the
items will be settled. Accordingly, the Company recorded a
long-term liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $522 and a
short term liability of $78 on the balance sheet at
December 31, 2010 that would reduce the effective tax rate
if recognized. The Company records interest and penalties
accrued in relation to uncertain income tax positions below the
operating income line as a component of interest expense. Tax
returns for years 2007 and thereafter are subject to future
examination by tax authorities.
In 2010, the net decrease in the reserve for unrecognized tax
benefits was $329 and the net decrease for interest benefit was
$64. The Company expects that the amount of unrecognized tax
benefits will change during fiscal year 2011; however, the
Company does not expect the change to have a significant impact
on its results of operations or financial position.
While the Company believes it has identified all reasonably
identifiable exposures and that the reserves it has established
for identifiable exposures are appropriate under the
circumstances, it is possible that additional exposures exist
and that exposures may be settled at amounts different than the
amounts reserved. It is also possible that changes in facts and
circumstances could cause the Company to either materially
increase or reduce the carrying amount of its tax reserves.
Foreign
Currency
Assets and liabilities of consolidated foreign subsidiaries,
whose functional currency is the local currency, are translated
to U.S. dollars at year end exchange rates. Income
statement items are translated to U.S. dollars at the
average rates of exchange prevailing during the fiscal year. The
adjustment resulting from translating the financial statements
of such foreign subsidiaries to U.S. dollars is reflected
as a cumulative translation adjustment and reported as a
component of other comprehensive income.
Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional
currency are recorded based on exchange rates at the time such
transactions arise. Subsequent changes in exchange rates result
in transaction gains or losses, which are reflected within other
income (expense) in the consolidated statement of income and
were not significant for all years presented.
Comprehensive
Income
Reporting on comprehensive income requires components of other
comprehensive income, including unrealized gains or losses on
available-for-sale
securities, to be included as part of total comprehensive
income. Comprehensive income is comprised of net income,
translation adjustments and unrealized gains on
available-for-sale
securities. The components of comprehensive income are included
in the statements of stockholders equity.
Basic
and Diluted Net Income Attributable to Common Stockholders per
Common Share
The Company calculates basic and diluted per share amounts based
on net earnings adjusted for the effects to earnings that would
result if contingently issuable shares related to contingent
consideration settleable in the Companys stock were
reported as equity for the periods presented. To calculate basic
earnings per share the Company uses the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding during the period adjusted for the
weighted average number of contingently issuable shares. The
weighted average numbers of shares contingently issuable are
calculated as if they were outstanding as of the last day of the
period. The diluted earnings per share calculation is based on
the weighted average number of shares of common stock
outstanding adjusted for the number of additional shares that
would have been outstanding had all potentially dilutive common
shares been issued. Potentially dilutive shares of common stock
include stock options, non-vested share awards and
56
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
contingently issuable shares related to contingent consideration
settleable in stock. The dilutive effects of stock options and
restricted stock awards are based on the treasury stock method.
The dilutive effects of the contingent consideration settleable
in stock are calculated as if the contingently issuable shares
were outstanding as of the acquisition date, July 19, 2010.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerator
and denominator used in computing basic and diluted net income
attributable to common stockholders per common share. Stock
options that are anti-dilutive and excluded from the following
table totaled 1,918, 2,608, and 508 for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
3,874
|
|
|
$
|
12,297
|
|
|
$
|
11,880
|
|
Income effect for equity
mark-to-market
on contingent consideration obligation, net of tax
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income applicable to shares of common stock for earnings per
share
|
|
$
|
3,864
|
|
|
$
|
12,297
|
|
|
$
|
11,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding basic
|
|
|
31,971
|
|
|
|
30,813
|
|
|
|
31,619
|
|
Dilutive effect of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net issuable common share equivalents
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options and unvested restricted shares
|
|
|
998
|
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding diluted
|
|
|
33,011
|
|
|
|
31,145
|
|
|
|
32,187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
As of December 31, 2010, the Company maintains three
stock-based compensation plans. Compensation cost is recognized
for all share-based payments granted and is based on the
grant-date fair value estimated using the weighted-average
assumption of the Black-Scholes option pricing models. The
equity instrument is not considered to be issued until the
instrument vests. As a result, compensation cost is recognized
over the requisite service period with an offsetting credit to
additional paid-in capital. During the years ended 2009 and 2008
compensation expense also included the amortization on a
straight-line basis over the remaining vesting period of the
intrinsic values of the stock options granted prior to 2006.
For the Companys performance restricted stock awards the
Company determines the actual number of shares the recipient
receives at the end of the annual performance period based on
the results achieved versus goals based on its annual
performance measures, such as operating income. Once the number
of awards is determined, the compensation cost is fixed and
continues to be recognized on a straight line basis over the
requisite service period. In addition, certain employees from
the Companys acquisition of FusionOne are eligible to
receive contingent Earn-out payments. The share portion of the
Earn-out is recorded as stock based compensation expense and is
recorded over the performance period when it is probable that
the performance targets will be achieved. This compensation cost
will be fixed at the end of the Earn-out period, and therefore
is subject to volatility based on the Companys stock price.
The Company classifies benefits of tax deductions in excess of
the compensation cost recognized (excess tax benefits) as a
financing cash inflow with a corresponding operating cash
outflow. The Company included $2.4 million, $147 thousand,
and $1.4 million of excess tax benefits as a financing cash
inflow for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008, respectively.
57
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Impact
of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In September 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update
(ASU)
No. 2009-14
Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software
Elements This standard requires tangible products that
contain software and non-software elements that work together to
deliver the products essential functionality to be
evaluated under the accounting standard regarding multiple
deliverable arrangements. This standard update is effective
January 1, 2011 and may be adopted prospectively for
revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified after
the date of adoption or retrospectively for all revenue
arrangements for all periods presented. The Company does not
expect the adoption of this standard to have a material effect
on its consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update
(ASU)
No. 2009-13
Multiple Deliverable Revenue Arrangements a
consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force. This
standard provides principles for allocation of consideration
among its multiple-elements, allowing more flexibility in
identifying and accounting for separate deliverables under an
arrangement. ASU
No. 2009-13
introduces an estimated selling price method for valuing the
elements of a bundled arrangement if vendor-specific objective
evidence or third-party evidence of selling price is not
available, and significantly expands related disclosure
requirements. This standard is effective on a prospective basis
for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in
fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010.
Alternatively, adoption may be on a retrospective basis, and
early application is permitted. The Company does not expect the
adoption of this statement to have a material effect on its
consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU
2010-17,
Revenue Recognition Milestone Method (Topic 605):
Milestone Method of Revenue Recognition (ASU
2010-17).
ASU 2010-17
provides guidance on defining a milestone and determining when
it may be appropriate to apply the milestone method of revenue
recognition for research or development transactions.
Consideration that is contingent on achievement of a milestone
in its entirety may be recognized as revenue in the period in
which the milestone is achieved only if the milestone is judged
to meet certain criteria to be considered substantive.
Milestones should be considered substantive in their entirety
and may not be bifurcated. An arrangement may contain both
substantive and non-substantive milestones, and each milestone
should be evaluated individually to determine if it is
substantive. ASU
2010-17 is
effective on a prospective basis for milestones achieved in
fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning
on or after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted.
The Company did not elect the early adoption option and because
the Company currently does not have performance payment
milestones in our contractual arrangements we do not expect that
the adoption would have a material impact on the consolidated
financial statements.
Segment
Information
The Company currently operates in one business segment providing
critical technology services to providers of communication
devices and associated subscriber services. The Company is not
organized by market and is managed and operated as one business.
A single management team reports to the chief operating decision
maker who comprehensively manages the entire business. The
Company does not operate any separate lines of business or
separate business entities with respect to its services.
Accordingly, the Company does not accumulate a complete set of
discrete financial information with respect to separate service
lines and does not have separately reportable segments.
FusionOne
Inc.
On July 19, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of FusionOne,
Inc., a leader in mobile content transfer and synchronization
software. The acquisition of FusionOne accelerates the
Companys overall connected device growth strategy and
customer diversification efforts. Pursuant to the Agreement and
Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated July 6, 2010 (the
Merger Agreement), the Company paid approximately
$32 million in cash and
58
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
issued approximately 400 thousand common shares of the
Companys Common Stock valued at approximately
$7.1 million based on the Companys July 19, 2010
closing stock price per share, and potentially may make payments
(the Earn-out) totaling up to $35 million in
cash and stock, based on achievements of certain financial
targets for the period from July 1, 2010 through
December 31, 2011. The maximum that could be paid to
existing employees of FusionOne is $7 million and actual
amounts will be recorded as compensation expense over the
service period.
Acquisition-related
Costs
Acquisition-related costs recognized in the year ended
December 31, 2010, including transaction costs such as
employee retention, legal, accounting, valuation and other
professional services, were $3.1 million.
The Earn-out acquisition date fair value of $12.1 million
was determined based on a probability-weighted income approach
derived from quarterly revenue estimates and a probability
assessment with respect to the likelihood of achieving the
various Earn-out criteria. The fair value measurement is based
on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus
represents a Level 3 measurement. For the year ended
December 31, 2010, a change in the Earn-out fair value of
$4.3 million was recorded as expense in the consolidated
statement of income. The increase in the estimate of the fair
value of the contingent consideration obligation is due to
FusionOne business achieving some of the quarterly targets in
addition to updates to the FusionOne 2011 forecast and the
weighted probability of achieving future quarterly targets. At
each reporting period, the Company will estimate the change in
the fair value of the contingent consideration and any change in
fair value will be recognized in the statement of income. The
estimate of the fair value of the contingent consideration
requires subjective assumptions to be made of various potential
operating result scenarios. Future revisions to these
assumptions could materially change the estimate of the fair
value of the contingent consideration and therefore materially
affect the Companys future financial results.
During 2010, in its efforts to improve efficiencies and better
align its costs and structure for the future the Company
communicated its decision to exit the activities of
FusionOnes Estonia operations and consolidate some
functions in its corporate headquarters and other of the
Companys facilities. The Company recorded charges of $470
thousand associated with these exit and restructuring
activities. These charges were recorded in research and
development and selling, general and administrative costs in the
Companys consolidated financial statements of income. The
Company ceased operations in Estonia prior to December 31,
2010.
The following table summarizes the acquisition-related costs,
the fair value change in contingent consideration and the
acquisition-related contingent consideration to be paid to the
existing employees of FusionOne, recognized in the years ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Cost of services
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
3,673
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in contingent consideration obligation
|
|
|
4,295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total acquisition-related costs and contingent consideration
costs
|
|
$
|
8,999
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Allocation
of Consideration Transferred
Total estimated purchase price is summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 19,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cash consideration
|
|
$
|
32,172
|
|
Value of Synchronoss common stock issued
|
|
|
7,136
|
|
Estimated fair value of the Earn-out payments
|
|
|
12,120
|
|
Working Capital Deficiency
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price
|
|
$
|
51,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company accounted for this business combination by applying
the acquisition method, and accordingly, the estimated purchase
price was allocated to the tangible assets and identifiable
intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon
their relative fair values. The excess of the purchase price
over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets and
liabilities was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill associated with
the acquisition of FusionOne is not tax deductible. The results
of FusionOnes operations have been included in the
consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date.
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the
assets and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 19,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,286
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
261
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
297
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
609
|
|
Deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
9,319
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
32,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total identifiable assets acquired
|
|
|
44,472
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(1,750
|
)
|
Captial lease
|
|
|
(153
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(3,400
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(5,303
|
)
|
Net identifiable assets acquired
|
|
|
39,169
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
12,152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
51,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible
Assets
The Company is amortizing the value of the trade name,
technology, and customer relationships on a straight-line basis
over an estimated useful life of 8, 10, and 16 years,
respectively. Amortization expense related to the acquired
intangible assets resulting from the FusionOne acquisition,
which is included in depreciation and amortization expense, was
approximately $1.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010. The Companys amortization expense
for the FusionOne intangible assets is expected to be
approximately $2.6 million for each of the fiscal years
2011 through 2015.
60
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Trade name
|
|
$
|
500
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade name, net
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(674
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology, net
|
|
|
14,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
17,200
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(483
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships, net
|
|
|
16,717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles assets, net
|
|
$
|
31,515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
Revenues
In connection with the purchase price allocation, the Company
estimated the fair value of the service obligations assumed from
FusionOne as a consequence of the acquisition. The estimated
fair value of the service obligations was determined using a
cost
build-up
approach. The cost
build-up
approach determines fair value by estimating the costs relating
to fulfilling the obligations plus a normal profit margin of a
market participant. The estimated costs to fulfill the service
obligations were based on the historical direct costs and
indirect costs related to FusionOnes service agreements
with its customers. The Company recorded $3.4 million of
deferred revenue to reflect the estimate of the fair value of
FusionOnes service obligations assumed.
Pro
forma
The following unaudited pro forma financial information reflects
the consolidated results of operations of Synchronoss as if the
acquisition of FusionOne had taken place on January 1, 2010
and January 1, 2009. The pro forma information includes
adjustments for the amortization of intangible assets. The pro
forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the
results of operations as they would have been had the
transaction been effected on the assumed date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
176,243
|
|
|
$
|
137,931
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
593
|
|
|
$
|
(8,294
|
)
|
Diluted earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
The Company had no acquisitions during 2009.
|
|
4.
|
Fair
Value Measurements of Assets and Liabilities
|
The Company classifies marketable securities as
available-for-sale.
The fair value hierarchy established in the standard prioritizes
the inputs used in valuation techniques into three levels as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1 Observable inputs quoted
prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;
|
61
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Level 2 Observable inputs other than the quoted
prices in active markets for identical assets and
liabilities includes quoted prices for similar
instruments, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments
in inactive markets, and amounts derived from valuation models
where all significant inputs are observable in active
markets; and
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Unobservable inputs
includes amounts derived from valuation models where one or more
significant inputs are unobservable and require the Company to
develop relevant assumptions.
|
The following is a summary of assets and liabilities held by the
Company and their related classifications under the fair value
hierarchy:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Level 1(A)
|
|
$
|
180,367
|
|
|
$
|
89,924
|
|
Level 2(B)
|
|
|
9,268
|
|
|
|
7,760
|
|
Level 3(C)
|
|
|
(16,915
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
172,720
|
|
|
$
|
97,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Level 1 assets include money market funds which are
classified as cash equivalents. |
|
(B) |
|
Level 2 assets include certificates of deposit which are
classified as marketable securities. |
|
(C) |
|
Level 3 liabilities includes the contingent consideration
obligation which is classified as long term liabilities. |
The Company utilizes the market approach to measure fair value
for its financial assets. The market approach uses prices and
other relevant information generated by market transactions
involving identical or comparable assets. The Companys
marketable securities investments classified as Level 2
primarily utilize broker quotes in a non-active market for
valuation of these securities. No transfers of assets between
Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value measurement
hierarchy occurred during the year ended December 31, 2010.
The aggregate fair value of available for sale securities and
aggregate amount of unrealized gains and losses for available
for sale securities at December 31, 2010 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate Amount of
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Due in one year or less
|
|
$
|
1,766
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Due after one year, less than five years
|
|
|
7,502
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,268
|
|
|
$
|
119
|
|
|
$
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The aggregate fair value of available for sale securities and
aggregate amount of unrealized gains and losses for available
for sale securities at December 31, 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate Amount of
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Due in one year or less
|
|
$
|
2,558
|
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Due after one year, less than five years
|
|
|
5,202
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,760
|
|
|
$
|
91
|
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains and losses are reported as a component of
accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income in
stockholders equity. The net unrealized gain net of tax
was $17 and $18 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009,
62
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
respectively. The cost of securities sold is based on specific
identification method. No available for sale securities have
been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months
or longer.
The Company determined the fair value of the contingent
consideration obligation based on a probability-weighted income
approach derived from quarterly revenue estimates and a
probability assessment with respect to the likelihood of
achieving the various Earn-out criteria. The fair value
measurement is based on significant inputs not observable in the
market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. No
changes in valuation techniques or inputs occurred during the
year ended December 31, 2010.
The changes in fair value of the Companys Level 3
contingent consideration obligation during the year ended
December 31, 2010 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Contingent consideration obligation related to acquisition of
FusionOne as of July 19, 2010
|
|
$
|
12,120
|
|
Fair value adjustment to contingent consideration included in
net income
|
|
|
4,295
|
|
Earn-out compensation due to employees included in net income
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
16,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company had no contingent consideration obligation for the
year ended December 31, 2009.
|
|
5.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Computer hardware
|
|
$
|
22,393
|
|
|
$
|
18,171
|
|
Computer software
|
|
|
18,526
|
|
|
|
14,477
|
|
Construction in-progress
|
|
|
5,886
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
1,302
|
|
|
|
1,764
|
|
Building
|
|
|
8,808
|
|
|
|
8,808
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
6,141
|
|
|
|
6,873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,056
|
|
|
|
50,164
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(30,434
|
)
|
|
|
(26,429
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,622
|
|
|
$
|
23,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was approximately $7.0 million and
$7.6 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amortization
of property and equipment recorded under a capital lease is
included with depreciation expense.
63
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Accrued expenses consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
$
|
8,742
|
|
|
$
|
4,682
|
|
Accrued third party processing fees
|
|
|
1,052
|
|
|
|
732
|
|
Accrued accounting fees
|
|
|
729
|
|
|
|
362
|
|
Accrued other
|
|
|
1,900
|
|
|
|
1,428
|
|
Accrued income tax payable
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,999
|
|
|
$
|
7,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, the Companys authorized
capital stock was 110,000 shares of stock with a par value
of $0.0001, of which 100,000 shares were designated common
stock and 10,000 shares were designated preferred stock.
Common
Stock
Each holder of common stock is entitled to vote on all matters
and is entitled to one vote for each share held. Dividends on
common stock will be paid when, as and if declared by the
Companys board of directors. No dividends have ever been
declared or paid by the Company. As of December 31, 2010,
there were 38,863 shares of common stock issued,
5,097 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under
the Companys 2000 Stock Plan (the 2000 Plan),
7,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under
the Companys 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2006
Plan), and 428 shares of common stock reserved for
issuance under the Companys 2010 New Hire Equity Incentive
Plan (the 2010 Plan).
Preferred
Stock
There are no shares of preferred stock outstanding as of
December 31, 2010 or 2009. The board of directors is
authorized to issue preferred shares and has the discretion to
determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions,
including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights,
redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of preferred
stock.
Registration
Rights
Holders of shares of common stock which were issued upon
conversion of the Companys Series A preferred stock
are entitled to have their shares registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities
Act). Under the terms of an agreement between the Company
and the holders of these registrable securities, if the Company
proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities
Act, either for its own account or for the account of others,
these stockholders are entitled to notice of such registration
and are entitled to include their shares in such registration.
64
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
8.
|
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
|
The components of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Translation adjustments
|
|
$
|
(253
|
)
|
|
$
|
(61
|
)
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities, (net of tax)
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
|
|
$
|
(182
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7
|
)
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, the Company maintains three stock
incentive plans, the 2000 Plan, the 2006 Plan and the 2010 Plan.
The Companys board of directors administers the 2000 Plan,
the 2006 Plan, and the 2010 Plan and is responsible for
determining the individuals to be granted options or shares, the
number of options or shares each individual will receive, the
price per share and the exercise period of each option.
Under the 2000 Plan, the Company has the ability to provide
employees, outside directors and consultants an opportunity to
acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company or
to increase such interest by receiving options or purchasing
shares of the Companys stock at a price not less than the
fair market value at the date of grant for incentive stock
options and a price not less than 30% of the fair market value
at the date of grant for non-qualified options. Under the 2006
Plan and 2010 Plan, the Company may grant to its employees,
outside directors and consultants awards in the form of
incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, shares of
restricted stock and stock units or stock appreciation rights.
During the year ended December 31, 2010, options to
purchase 1,444 and 408 shares of common stock were granted
under the 2006 Plan and 2010 Plan, respectively. Under the
Companys Plans, options may be exercised in whole or in
part for 100% of the shares subject to vesting at any time after
the date of grant. Options under the Companys 2000 and
2006 Plans generally vest 25% on the first year anniversary of
the date of grant plus an additional
1/48
for each month thereafter. Options under the Companys 2010
plan generally vest the first 50% on the second year anniversary
from July 19, 2010 and an additional 1/48th for each
month of continuous service thereafter.
During 2010, the Company reserved for grant 600 thousand shares
of restricted stock. The actual number of shares to be issued,
which could range from 0 to 600 thousand, will depend upon the
Companys revenue and operating income during fiscal 2011.
The shares, if any, will be issued in early 2012. As of
December 31, 2010, there were 1,217 shares available
for grant or award under the Companys Plans.
On August 3, 2010, the Companys Board of Directors
granted equity awards made to one hundred three newly hired
employees and one newly appointed executive officer of the
Company. Pursuant to NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c)(4), the
equity awards were granted under the 2010 Plan, which the Board
of Directors adopted to facilitate the granting of equity awards
as an inducement to new employees to join Synchronoss. In
accordance with Nasdaq rules, these grants were made under a
stock incentive plan without stockholder approval.
The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option pricing model for
determining the estimated fair value for stock option awards.
Use of a valuation model requires management to make certain
assumptions with respect to selected model inputs. Expected
volatility was calculated based on a blended weighted-average of
historical information of similar public entities for which
historical information was available. The Company will continue
to use this approach using other similar public entity
volatility information until its historical volatility is
relevant to measure expected volatility for future option
grants. The average expected life was determined using the SEC
shortcut approach, which is the mid-point between the vesting
date and the end of the contractual term. The risk-free interest
rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a
remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at the date of
grant. The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on
its common or preferred equity and
65
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. Forfeitures are estimated based on voluntary termination
behavior, as well as a historical analysis of actual option
forfeitures. The weighted-average assumptions used in the
Black-Scholes option pricing model are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Expected stock price volatility
|
|
|
62
|
%
|
|
|
62
|
%
|
|
|
64
|
%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.45
|
%
|
|
|
2.81
|
%
|
|
|
3.81
|
%
|
Expected life of options (in years)
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
The weighted-average fair value (as of the date of grant) of the
options granted during the year ended December 31, 2010,
2009 and 2008 was $11.18, $6.67 and $8.42, respectively. During
the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company
recorded total pre-tax stock-based compensation expense of
$13.6 million ($6.9 million after tax or $0.21 per
diluted share) and $8.3 million ($6.1 million after
tax or $0.20 per diluted share), respectively, which includes
both intrinsic value for equity awards issued prior to 2006 and
fair value for equity awards issued after January 1, 2006.
The total stock-based compensation cost related to non-vested
equity awards not yet recognized as an expense as of
December 31, 2010 was approximately $30.0 million.
That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average
period of approximately 3.07 years.
66
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Stock
Options
The following table summarizes information about stock options
outstanding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
Available
|
|
|
of
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
for Grant
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Range
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
754
|
|
|
|
2,831
|
|
|
$
|
0.29 - 42.77
|
|
|
$
|
15.51
|
|
Increase in options available for grant
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(1,420
|
)
|
|
|
1,420
|
|
|
$
|
6.04 - 35.62
|
|
|
$
|
11.40
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.29 - 15.44
|
|
|
$
|
4.96
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
|
(407
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.29 - 42.77
|
|
|
$
|
22.93
|
|
Net restricted stock granted and forfeited
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1,654
|
|
|
|
3,683
|
|
|
$
|
0.29 - 38.62
|
|
|
$
|
13.60
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(1,376
|
)
|
|
|
1,376
|
|
|
$
|
8.67 - 14.00
|
|
|
$
|
12.55
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(222
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.29 - 12.68
|
|
|
$
|
6.74
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
|
$
|
6.95 - 38.62
|
|
|
$
|
17.20
|
|
Net Restricted stock granted and forfeited
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Restricted stock reserved for grant
|
|
|
(178
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
4,623
|
|
|
$
|
0.29 - 38.62
|
|
|
$
|
13.44
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(1,852
|
)
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
|
$
|
15.89 - 27.55
|
|
|
$
|
21.69
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(731
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.29 - 28.59
|
|
|
$
|
11.07
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
|
$
|
10.27 - 38.62
|
|
|
$
|
17.52
|
|
Expansion of pool
|
|
|
3,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net restricted stock granted and forfeited
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock reserved for grant
|
|
|
(600
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
1,217
|
|
|
|
5,561
|
|
|
$
|
0.29 - 38.62
|
|
|
$
|
16.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected to vest at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,667
|
|
|
$
|
6.04 - 38.62
|
|
|
$
|
18.35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the weighted-average
remaining contractual life of outstanding options was
approximately 5.7 and 6.2 years, respectively. Options
vested as of December 31, 2010 have an aggregate intrinsic
value of approximately $32.6 million. Options outstanding
as of December 31, 2010 have an aggregate intrinsic value
of approximately $61.0 million. The total intrinsic value
(the excess of the market price over the exercise price) for
stock options exercised in 2010 was approximately
$9.2 million and $1.4 million for 2009 and
$2.4 million for 2008. The amount of cash received from the
exercise of stock options was approximately $8.1 million in
2010. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the
total fair value of vested options was approximately
$19.2 million and $15.3 million, respectively. As of
December 31, 2010 and 2009 the weighted-average fair value
(as of the date of grant) of the non-vested options was $9.40
and $7.37, respectively. During the year ended December 31,
2010 the weighted-average fair value (as of the date of grant)
of options granted, vested and forfeited was $11.18, $7.75 and
$8.81, respectively.
During October 2009, the Compensation Committee of the
Companys Board of Directors approved amendments to stock
options held by certain employees to permit transferability of
such options to family members. As a result of the amendments,
options to purchase an aggregate of 401,962 shares of the
Companys
67
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
common stock no longer qualified as incentive stock
options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended. Accordingly, the Company treated the
amended stock options as if they were non-qualified stock
options since inception, which resulted in a deferred tax asset
of approximately $1.7 million. Also, there was no
incremental compensation cost associated with each amended stock
option resulting from the measurement of the excess of the fair
value of the stock option immediately following its amendment
over the fair value of the stock option immediately prior to its
amendment based on the share price and other pertinent factors
at that date.
The following table summarizes stock options outstanding and
exercisable at December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Range of Exercise
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
Weighted-Average Remaining
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
Price
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Contractual Life (in years)
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
$ 0.29 - $ 5.50
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
$
|
1.36
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
$
|
1.36
|
|
$ 5.51 - $11.00
|
|
|
1,623
|
|
|
$
|
9.06
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
1,197
|
|
|
$
|
9.00
|
|
$11.01 - $16.50
|
|
|
1,592
|
|
|
$
|
12.95
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
$
|
12.91
|
|
$16.51 - $22.00
|
|
|
1,270
|
|
|
$
|
20.15
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
$
|
19.58
|
|
$22.01 - $27.50
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
$
|
23.96
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
$
|
23.93
|
|
$27.51 - $33.00
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
$
|
27.61
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
$
|
28.02
|
|
$33.01 - $38.50
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
$
|
36.12
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
$
|
36.12
|
|
$38.51 - $44.00
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
38.62
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
$
|
38.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,561
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A summary of the Companys non-vested restricted stock at
December 31, 2010, and changes during the year ended
December 31, 2010, is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
Non-Vested Restricted Stock
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Grant Date Fair Value
|
|
|
Non-vested at January 1, 2010
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
$
|
12.62
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
$
|
23.86
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
$
|
14.38
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
$
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has a 401(k) plan (the Plan) covering
all eligible employees. The Plan allows for a discretionary
employer match. The Company incurred and expensed $782, $580,
and $531 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008, respectively, in Plan match contributions.
The Companys effective tax rate was approximately 57.4%,
34.7% and 41.5% during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
68
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
A reconciliation of the statutory tax rates and the effective
tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Statutory rate
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
State taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
Non-deductible stock based compensation
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
Other permanent adjustments
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
(3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
Fair market value adjustment on FusionOne Earn-out
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development credit
|
|
|
(5
|
)%
|
|
|
(1
|
)%
|
|
|
(1
|
)%
|
Other
|
|
|
(5
|
)%
|
|
|
(2
|
)%
|
|
|
(1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
57
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
41
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense consisted of the following components:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(2,672
|
)
|
|
|
(6,898
|
)
|
|
|
(7,758
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(1,733
|
)
|
|
|
(725
|
)
|
|
|
(1,376
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(742
|
)
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(713
|
)
|
|
|
1,052
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
State
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(5,223
|
)
|
|
|
(6,536
|
)
|
|
|
(8,424
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The geographic components of income from operations before
income taxes are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
7,198
|
|
|
$
|
17,731
|
|
|
$
|
20,024
|
|
India
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
|
263
|
|
Ireland
|
|
|
1,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Estonia
|
|
|
(390
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
9,097
|
|
|
$
|
18,833
|
|
|
$
|
20,304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately
$69.5 million of federal net operating loss and
approximately $66.9 million of state net operating
losses. These net operating loss carryforwards will begin to
expire in 2012 and are subject to certain limitations under
Internal Revenue Code Section 382 due to the changes in
ownership of the acquired companies. The Company maintains a
full valuation against the state net operating carryforwards
associated with the subsidiary Wisor, as the Company believes
that it is more likely than not that the benefits will not be
realized prior to expiration.
69
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
During June 2009, the Company settled a tax audit with the State
of New Jersey for tax years ending December 31, 2004
through December 31, 2007. The audit resulted in an
immaterial assessment of additional tax, interest and penalties.
During 2010, the Income Tax Department of India began income tax
examinations for the Companys wholly owned subsidiary,
Wisor Telecom India, for the fiscal years ending 2007 and 2009.
The Company believes the result of these current or any
prospective audits will not have a material effect on its
financial position or results of operations.
The Company has not provided taxes for undistributed earnings of
its foreign subsidiaries except to the extent that the Company
does not plan to reinvest such earnings indefinitely outside the
United States. If the cumulative foreign earnings exceed the
amount the Company intends to reinvest in foreign countries in
the future, the Company would provide for taxes on such excess
amount. The undistributed earnings of the foreign subsidiaries
which the company plans to reinvest indefinitely outside the
United States is approximately $4.6 million.
Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the
Companys deferred tax assets are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
$
|
204
|
|
|
$
|
195
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
401
|
|
|
|
284
|
|
Bad debts reserve
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
State net operating loss carry forwards
|
|
|
2,819
|
|
|
|
640
|
|
Fixed assets and intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
7,200
|
|
|
|
4,040
|
|
Federal net operating loss carry forwards
|
|
|
24,339
|
|
|
|
7,422
|
|
Deferred rent
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
35,454
|
|
|
$
|
13,160
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
$
|
(13,007
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,056
|
)
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
(2,376
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(15,471
|
)
|
|
|
(1,108
|
)
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(279
|
)
|
|
|
(1,598
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Deferred Income Tax Assets
|
|
$
|
19,704
|
|
|
$
|
10,454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table indicates where net deferred income taxes
have been classified in the Balance Sheet:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
3,295
|
|
|
$
|
1,617
|
|
Less: Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(155
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred tax assets
|
|
|
3,272
|
|
|
|
1,462
|
|
Non-current deferred tax assets
|
|
|
16,688
|
|
|
|
10,435
|
|
Less: Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(256
|
)
|
|
|
(1,443
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net non-current deferred tax assets
|
|
|
16,432
|
|
|
|
8,992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Deferred Tax Assets
|
|
$
|
19,704
|
|
|
$
|
10,454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of
unrecognized tax benefits excluding interest is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefit (beginning balance)
|
|
$
|
875
|
|
|
$
|
825
|
|
Increases for tax positions taken during prior year
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decreases for tax positions taken during prior year
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Reduction due to lapse of applicable statue of limitations
|
|
|
(460
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
Increases for tax positions of current period
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits (ending balance)
|
|
$
|
546
|
|
|
$
|
875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related
to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense. The liability
for unrecognized tax benefits includes accrued interest of $55
and $119 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
|
|
12.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Leases
The Company leases office space, automobiles and office
equipment under non-cancellable lease agreements, which expire
through October 2019. Aggregate annual future minimum lease
payments under these non-cancellable leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Period ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
3,410
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2,512
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,996
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,812
|
|
2015 and thereafter
|
|
|
5,720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009
and 2008 was $2.2 million, $2.2 million, and
$2.1 million, respectively.
In May 2008, the Company entered into an agreement to lease
space for its Pennsylvania offices and data center in a newly
constructed facility. The lease has a term of 10 years and
5 months with an option to extend the
71
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
term of the lease for two consecutive five year periods. In
August 2008, the Company amended its lease whereby the Company
agreed to reimburse the landlord for certain leasehold
improvements the Company had requested. The construction phase
of the building was complete as of June 30, 2009. Since the
tenant improvements, under the lease amendment, are considered
structural in nature and the Company is primarily responsible
for reimbursement to the landlord for the cost of these
improvements, the Company is considered to be the owner of the
construction project for accounting purposes. The Company
recorded assets on its balance sheet for all of the costs paid
by the lessor to construct the Pennsylvania facility through
December 31, 2009, along with corresponding financing
liabilities for amounts equal to these lessor-paid construction
costs through December 31, 2009. As of December 31,
2010, the Company recorded $8.8 million of construction
costs funded by the landlord, with an offsetting amount recorded
as financing liabilities. The lease did not qualify for sale
leaseback treatment and therefore the lease is treated as a
financing lease. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the
Company recorded $913 and $294 of interest expense and
depreciation expense, respectively, related to the lease
agreement.
|
|
13.
|
Goodwill
and Intangibles
|
Goodwill
Goodwill changed during 2010 and 2009 as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
6,911
|
|
Acquired goodwill
|
|
|
12,152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
19,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
6,862
|
|
Reclassifications, adjustments and other
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
6,911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reclassifications, adjustments and other during 2009 relate to
the finalization of the Wisor purchase accounting.
The Company performs an impairment study of the Companys
goodwill annually. There were no impairment charges recognized
during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
Other
Intangible Assets
Our intangible assets with definite lives consist primarily of
trade names, technology, and customer lists and relationships.
These intangible assets are being amortized on the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging
from 4-16 years. Amortization expense related to currently
existing intangible assets for the years ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008 was $2.2 million, $853 thousand, and
$469 thousand, respectively.
72
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Companys intangible assets consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Trade name
|
|
$
|
500
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade name, net
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology
|
|
|
15,800
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(1,134
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology, net
|
|
|
14,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer lists and relationships
|
|
|
20,449
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(2,356
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer lists and relationships, net
|
|
|
18,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles assets, net
|
|
$
|
33,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Customer lists and relationships
|
|
$
|
3,249
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(1,061
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer lists and relationships, net
|
|
|
2,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology
|
|
|
800
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(261
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology, net
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles assets, net
|
|
$
|
2,727
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated annual amortization expense of our intangible assets
for the next five years is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Period ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
3,650
|
|
2012
|
|
$
|
3,341
|
|
2013
|
|
$
|
2,638
|
|
2014
|
|
$
|
2,638
|
|
2015
|
|
$
|
2,638
|
|
On September 5, 2008, September 18, 2008, and
September 23, 2008, three complaints were filed against the
Company and certain of its officers and directors in the United
States District Court for the District of New Jersey purportedly
on behalf of a class of shareholders who purchased the
Companys common stock between February 4, 2008 and
June 9, 2008 (the Securities Law Actions). The
complaints were consolidated and an amended complaint was filed
by the plaintiffs on March 13, 2009. The plaintiffs in each
complaint asserted claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. They alleged that certain
of the Companys public disclosures regarding its financial
prospects during the proposed class period were false
and/or
misleading. The
73
SYNCHRONOSS
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
principal allegation set forth in each complaint is that the
Company issued misleading statements concerning its business
prospects relating to the activation of Apple Inc.s iPhone
product. On April 7, 2010, the Court granted the
Companys Motion to Dismiss all of the claims against all
of the defendants without prejudice. On August 9, 2010, the
parties filed a notice of voluntary of dismissal with prejudice
noting that the plaintiff was dismissing the case without
receiving payment of any kind.
On October 23, 2008 and November 3, 2008, complaints
were filed in the state court of New Jersey (the State
Derivative Suit) and the United States District Court for
the District of New Jersey (the Federal Derivative
Suit) against certain of the Companys officers and
directors, purportedly derivatively on behalf of the Company
(the Derivative Suits). The Complaints in the
Derivative Suits asserted that the named officers and directors
breached their fiduciary duties and other obligations in
connection with the disclosures that also are the subject of the
Securities Law Actions described above. The Company was also
named as a nominal defendant in the Derivative Suits, although
the lawsuits were derivative in nature and purportedly asserted
on the Companys behalf. On October 20, 2010, the
parties to the Federal Derivative Suit filed a notice of
voluntary dismissal, dismissing the case in its entirety and
with prejudice as to the named plaintiff. On November 17,
2010, the parties to the State Derivative Suit filed a notice of
voluntary dismissal, dismissing the case in its entirety and
with prejudice as to the named plaintiff.
Except for the above claims, the Company is not currently
subject to any legal proceedings that could have a material
adverse effect on its operations; however, it may from time to
time become a party to various legal proceedings arising in the
ordinary course of its business.
|
|
15.
|
Subsequent
Events Review
|
The Company has evaluated all subsequent events and transactions
through the filing date.
74
|
|
ITEM 9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
|
Not applicable.
|
|
ITEM 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Evaluation
of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of the
Companys management, including its Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer, the Company evaluated the
effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of
December 31, 2010. Based upon that evaluation, the
Companys Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer concluded that its disclosure controls and procedures
were effective as of December 31, 2010, to ensure that
information required to be disclosed by the Company in the
reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, are recorded, processed, summarized and
reported within the time periods specified in the rules and
forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and that such
information is accumulated and communicated to the
Companys management, including its Chief Executive
Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosures.
Managements
Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting
The Companys management is responsible for establishing
and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined
in
Rules 13a-15(f)
or 15d-15(f)
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a
process designed by, or under the supervision of, the
Companys principal executive and principal financial
officers and effected by the Companys board of directors,
management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and
includes those policies and procedures that:
|
|
|
|
|
Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions
of the assets of the Company;
|
|
|
|
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and
that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the Company; and
|
|
|
|
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the
Companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
|
To assist management, the Company has established procedures to
verify and monitor its internal controls. Because of its
inherent limitations, however, internal control over financial
reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject
to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.
The Companys management assessed the effectiveness of its
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2010. In making this assessment, the
Companys management used the criteria set forth by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO) in Internal Control Integrated
Framework.
Based on the Companys assessment, management concluded
that, as of December 31, 2010, its internal control over
financial reporting was effective.
The effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 has been
audited by Ernst & Young LLP, its independent
registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report
which is included in Item 9 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
75
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in the Companys internal control
over financial reporting identified in connection with the
evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15
that was conducted during the last fiscal quarter that have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially
affect, the Companys internal control over financial
reporting.
Inherent
Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
The Companys management, including its Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that its
disclosure controls or its internal control over financial
reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control
system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide
only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of
the control system are met. Further, the design of a control
system must reflect the fact that there are resource
constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered
relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in
all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide
absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of
fraud, if any, within the Companys operations have been
detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that
judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns
can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally,
controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some
persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management
override of the controls. The design of any system of controls
also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the
likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that
any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all
potential future conditions; over time, controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of
compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because
of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system,
misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be
detected.
76
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Synchronoss
Technologies, Inc.
We have audited Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.s internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010,
based on criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria).
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.s management is responsible
for maintaining effective internal control over financial
reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting included in the
accompanying Managements Annual Report on Internal Control
over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the companys internal control over financial
reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. maintained, in
all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO
criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. as
of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders equity, and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2010 and our report dated March 4, 2011
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
MetroPark, New Jersey
March 4, 2011
77
|
|
ITEM 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
None.
|
|
ITEM 10.
|
DIRECTORS
AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
|
(a) Identification of Directors. Information concerning the
directors of Synchronoss is set forth under the heading
Election of Directors in the Synchronoss Proxy
Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is
incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Audit Committee Financial Expert. Information
concerning Synchronoss audit committee financial expert is
set forth under the heading Audit Committee in the
Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
(c) Identification of the Audit Committee. Information
concerning the audit committee of Synchronoss is set forth under
the heading Audit Committee in the Synchronoss Proxy
Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is
incorporated herein by reference.
(d) Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting
Compliance. Information concerning compliance with beneficial
ownership reporting requirements is set forth under the caption
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting
Compliance in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2011
Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by
reference.
(e) Code of Ethics. Information concerning the Synchronoss
Code of Business Conduct is set forth under the caption
Code of Business Conduct in the Synchronoss Proxy
Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is
incorporated herein by reference. The Code of Business Conduct
can also be found on our website, www.synchronoss.com.
|
|
ITEM 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
Information concerning executive compensation is set forth under
the headings Compensation of Executive Officers in
the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
Information concerning shares of Synchronoss equity securities
beneficially owned by certain beneficial owners and by
management is set forth under the heading Equity Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management in
the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
|
Information concerning certain relationships and related
transactions is set forth under the heading Certain
Related Party Transactions in the Synchronoss Proxy
Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
|
Information concerning fees and services of the Companys
principal accountants is set forth under the heading
Report of the Audit Committee and Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firms Fees in the
Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
78
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
(a)(1) Financial Statements:
(a)(2) Schedule for the years ended December 31, 2010,
2009, 2008:
II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other Schedules have been omitted because they are not
applicable or the required information is shown in the financial
statements or notes thereto.
(a)(3) Exhibits:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
|
|
3
|
.2*
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2
|
|
4
|
.2*
|
|
Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated
December 22, 2000, by and among the Registrant, certain
stockholders and the investors listed on the signature pages
thereto.
|
|
4
|
.3*
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. Amended
and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated April 27,
2001, by and among the Registrant, certain stockholders and the
investors listed on the signature pages thereto.
|
|
4
|
.4*
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 13, 2000, by
and among the Registrant and the investors listed on the
signature pages thereto.
|
|
4
|
.5*
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.
Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 21, 2001, by and
among the Registrant, certain stockholders listed on the
signature pages thereto and Silicon Valley Bank.
|
|
10
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and
each of its directors and executive officers.
|
|
10
|
.2*
|
|
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan and forms of
agreements thereunder.
|
|
10
|
.3*
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000
Stock Plan.
|
|
10
|
.4****
|
|
2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated.
|
|
10
|
.4.1******
|
|
2010 New Hire Equity Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.6*
|
|
Lease Agreement between the Registrant and BTCT Associates,
L.L.C. for the premises located at 750 Route 202 South,
Bridgewater, New Jersey, dated as of May 11, 2004.
|
|
10
|
.7*
|
|
First Amendment dated December 23, 2003 to the Lease
Agreement between the Registrant and BTCT Associates, L.L.C. for
the premises located at 750 Route 202 South, Bridgewater, New
Jersey, dated as of May 11, 2004.
|
|
10
|
.8**
|
|
Second Amendment dated August 21, 2006 to the Lease
Agreement between the Registrant and BTCT Associates, L.L.C. for
the premises located at 750 Route 202 South, Bridgewater, New
Jersey, dated as of May 11, 2004.
|
|
10
|
.9*
|
|
Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Triple Net
Investments XXV, L.P. for the premises located at Lehigh Valley
Industrial Park VII, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, dated as of
May 16, 2008, as amended.
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.10*
|
|
Loan & Security Agreement between the Registrant and
Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of May 21, 2001.
|
|
10
|
.11***
|
|
Cingular Master Services Agreement, effective September 1,
2005 by and between the Registrant and Cingular Wireless LLC.
|
|
10
|
.12***
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as of December 30, 2008 between
the Registrant and Stephen G. Waldis.
|
|
10
|
.13***
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as of December 30, 2008 between
the Registrant and Lawrence R. Irving.
|
|
10
|
.14***
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as of December 30, 2008 between
the Registrant and Robert Garcia.
|
|
10
|
.15***
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as of December 30, 2008 between
the Registrant and Chris Putnam.
|
|
10
|
.16*****
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as of December 30, 2008 between
the Registrant and Daniel Rizer
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as of December 30, 2008 between
the Registrant and Mark Mendes
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm.
|
|
24
|
|
|
Power of Attorney (see page 82)
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
Rule 13a-14(a)
of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to section 302 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Rule 13a-14(a)
of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to section 302 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
Rule 13a-14(b)
of the Exchange Act and section 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Rule 13a-14(b)
of the Exchange Act and section 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation Arrangement. |
|
* |
|
Incorporated by reference to Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
(Commission
File No. 333-132080). |
|
** |
|
Incorporated by reference to Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007. |
|
*** |
|
Incorporated by reference to Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2008. |
|
**** |
|
Incorporated by reference to Registrants Schedule 14A
dated April 8, 2010. |
|
***** |
|
Incorporated by reference to Registrants Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 |
|
****** |
|
Incorporated by reference to Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-8
(Commission File No. 333-168745). |
|
|
|
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this
document. The omitted portions of this document have been filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
(10)
(b) Exhibits.
See (a)(3) above.
(c) Financial Statement Schedule.
80
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
Additions
|
|
Reductions
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
830
|
|
|
$
|
324
|
|
|
$
|
(596
|
)
|
|
$
|
558
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
193
|
|
|
$
|
640
|
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
830
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
448
|
|
|
$
|
186
|
|
|
$
|
(441
|
)
|
|
$
|
193
|
|
81
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has caused this
Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
(Registrant)
Stephen G. Waldis
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
and President
March 4, 2011
POWER OF
ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose
signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ronald J.
Prague or Lawrence R. Irving, or either of them, each with the
power of substitution, their attorney-in-fact, to sign any
amendments to this
Form 10-K
(including post-effective amendments), and to file the same,
with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that each of said
attorneys-in-fact, or their substitute or substitutes, may do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Stephen
G. Waldis
Stephen
G. Waldis
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive
Officer)
|
|
March 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Lawrence
R. Irving
Lawrence
R. Irving
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
March 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ William
J. Cadogan
William
J. Cadogan
|
|
Director
|
|
March 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Charles
E. Hoffman
Charles
E. Hoffman
|
|
Director
|
|
March 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Thomas
J. Hopkins
Thomas
J. Hopkins
|
|
Director
|
|
March 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James
M. McCormick
James
M. McCormick
|
|
Director
|
|
March 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Donmie
M. Moore
Donmie
M. Moore
|
|
Director
|
|
March 4, 2011
|
82
exv3w1
Exhibit
3.1
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
a Delaware corporation
(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of
the Delaware General Corporation Law)
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of
the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
FIRST: That the name of this corporation is Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and that this
corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law on
September 19, 2000 under the name Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.
SECOND: That the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be amended
and restated to read in full as follows:
ARTICLE I
The name of the corporation is Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the Corporation).
ARTICLE II
The address of the registered office of this corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209
Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the
registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Trust
Center.
ARTICLE III
The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful
act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
ARTICLE IV
The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated common stock
(Common Stock) and preferred stock (Preferred Stock). The number of shares of Common Stock
authorized to be issued is one hundred million (100,000,000), par value $0.0001 per share, and the
number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized to be issued is ten million (10,000,000), par value
$0.0001 per share.
The Board of Directors is authorized, without further stockholder approval and subject to any
limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series,
and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such
certificate being hereinafter referred to as a Preferred Stock Designation), to establish
from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the
designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and any
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The number of authorized shares of Preferred
Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding)
by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the
holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is
required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation. In case the number of shares of
any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status
that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of
such series.
Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each
matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however,
that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on
any amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of
Designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or
more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled,
either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote
thereon pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of
Designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock).
ARTICLE V
The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of
the affairs of the Corporation and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers
of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:
A. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of
the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by
statute or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the
directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may
be exercised or done by the Corporation.
B. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so
provide.
C. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be
effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not
be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.
D. Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of
the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a
resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, the term Whole Board shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether
or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.
2
ARTICLE VI
A. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional
directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed
from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a
majority of the Whole Board and may not be fixed by any other person(s).
B. The Board of Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of
Preferred Stock under specified circumstances, shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class
II and Class III. Such classes shall be as nearly equal in number of directors as reasonably
possible. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the third annual meeting of stockholders
following the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director was elected; provided, however,
that the directors first elected to Class I shall serve for a term ending on the Corporations
first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, the directors first elected to Class II shall serve for a term ending on the
Corporations second annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this Restated
Certificate of Incorporation and the directors first elected to Class III shall serve for a term
ending on the Corporations third annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of
this Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The foregoing notwithstanding, each director shall
serve until such directors successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such
directors prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other removal.
C. At each annual election, directors chosen to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be
of the same class as the directors they succeed unless, by reason of any intervening changes in the
authorized number of directors, the Board of Directors shall designate one or more directorships
whose term then expires as directorships of another class in order more nearly to achieve equality
of number of directors among the classes.
D. Notwithstanding the rule that the three classes shall be as nearly equal in number of
directors as reasonably possible, in the event of any change in the authorized number of directors,
each director then continuing to serve as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the
class of which such director is a member until the expiration of such directors current term, or
such directors prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other removal. If any
newly created directorship may, consistently with the rule that the three classes shall be as
nearly equal in number of directors as reasonably possible, be allocated to more than one class,
the Board of Directors shall allocate it to that of the available class whose term of office is due
to expire at the earliest date following such allocation.
E. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding,
newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or
any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement,
disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise provided by law or by
resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in
office, though less than a quorum (and not by stockholders), and directors so chosen shall hold
office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the
class to which they have been chosen expires or until such directors successor shall have been
3
duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the
term of any incumbent director.
F. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to
be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given
in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
G. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any
director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for
cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of
the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors, voting together as a single class.
ARTICLE VII
A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability
(i) for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii)
for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General
Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VII to authorize
corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the
liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent
permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VII by the stockholders
of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the
Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation
with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or
modification.
ARTICLE VIII
The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal any or all of the
Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by
the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The
stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation as
prescribed by law.
ARTICLE IX
In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this Corporation
required by law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the
holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of
the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a
single class, shall be required to amend or repeal the provisions of this Restated Certificate of
Incorporation; provided however that any amendment or repeal of Article VI or this Article IX
4
shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power
of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
* * * *
THIRD: That the foregoing Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of
the requisite number of shares of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law.
FOURTH: That said this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates
and further amends the provisions of the Corporations heretofore existing Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law.
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly
authorized officer of the Corporation this 20th day of June, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Stephen G. Waldis
Stephen G. Waldis
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
exv10w17
Exhibit
10.17
Employment Agreement
This Agreement is entered into as of September 12, 2008, by and between Mark Mendes
(the Executive) and Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the Company).
1. Duties and Scope of Employment.
(a) Position.
For the term of his employment under this Agreement (the Employment),
the Company agrees to employ the Executive in the position of
Executive Vice President. The
Executive shall report directly to the Companys Chief Executive
Officer. Executives principal
workplace shall be at his office in Purcellville, Virginia unless otherwise agreed by the Company
and the Executive; provided, however, that Executives duties will include reasonable
travel, including but not limited to travel to offices of Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates
and current and prospective customers as is reasonably necessary and appropriate to the performance
of Executives duties hereunder but, in no event, shall Executive be required to travel to the
offices of the Company more frequently than twice per month. It is expected that each trip shall be
no more than two days per week but on occasion Executive may be required to spend more than two
days if there is an important reason to do so.
(b) Obligations to the Company. During his Employment, the Executive (i) shall devote his
full business efforts and time to the Company, (ii) shall not
engage in any other employment,
consulting or other business activity that would create a conflict of
interest with the Company,
(iii) shall not assist any person or entity in competing with the Company or in preparing to
compete with the Company and (iv) shall comply with the Companys policies and rules, as they may
be in effect from time to time.
(c) No Conflicting Obligations. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he
is under no obligations or commitments, whether contractual or otherwise, that are inconsistent
with his obligations under this Agreement. The Executive represents and warrants that he will not
use or disclose, in connection with his Employment, any trade secrets or other proprietary
information or intellectual property in which the Executive or any other person has any right,
title or interest and that his Employment will not infringe or violate the rights of any other
person. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he has returned all property and
confidential information belonging to any prior employer.
(d) Commencement Date. The Executive previously commenced full-time Employment. This
Agreement shall govern the terms of Executives Employment effective as of September 12, 2008 (the
Commencement Date).
2. Compensation
(a) Salary.
The Company shall pay the Executive as compensation for his services a base salary
at a gross annual rate of not less than $300,000. Such salary shall be payable in accordance with
the Companys standard payroll procedures. (The annual compensation specified in this Subsection
(a), together with any increases in such compensation
that the Company may grant from time to time, is referred to in this Agreement as
Base Salary.). Executives salary shall be subject to review and adjustment in
accordance with the Companys customary practices concerning salary review for similarly
situated senior executives of the Company or its subsidiaries.
(b) Incentive Bonuses. The Executive shall be eligible for an annual
incentive bonus with a target amount equal to 50% of his Base Salary (Target
Bonus Amount). The Executives Bonus (if any) shall be awarded based on criteria
established by the Companys Board of Directors (the Board) or its Compensation
Committee. The Board or its Compensation Committee with respect to such bonus shall be
final and binding. The Executive shall not be entitled to an incentive bonus if he is not
employed by the Company on the last day of the fiscal year for which such bonus is
payable.
3.
Vacation and Employee Benefits. During his Employment, the Executive shall be eligible for
paid vacations in accordance with the Companys vacation policy, as it may be amended from
time to time, with a minimum of 20 vacation days per year. During his Employment, the
Executive shall be eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans maintained by the
Company, subject in each case to the generally applicable terms and conditions of the plan in
question and to the determinations of any person or committee administering such plan.
4.
Business Expenses. During his Employment, the Executive shall be authorized to incur
necessary and reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses in connection with
his duties hereunder. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for such expenses upon
presentation of an itemized account and appropriate supporting documentation, all in
accordance with the Companys generally applicable policies.
5. Term
of Employment.
(a) Employment Term. The Company hereby employs Executive to render services to the
Company in the position and with the duties and responsibilities described in Section 1
for the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending upon the earlier of (i)
three (3) years from such date, and (ii) the date Executives Employment is terminated in
accordance with Subsection 5(b). This Agreement will automatically renew for annual
one-year periods unless either party gives to the other written notice on or
before June 1, 2011 or June 1 of each succeeding year, of such partys intent to modify,
amend or terminate this Agreement according to the terms hereof.
(b) Termination of Employment. The Company may terminate the Executives Employment
at any time and for any reason (or no reason), and with or without Cause (as defined
below), by giving the Executive 30 days advance notice in writing. The Executive may
terminate his Employment by giving the Company 30 days advance notice in writing. The
Executives Employment shall terminate automatically in the event of his death. The
termination of the Executives Employment shall not limit or otherwise affect his
obligations under Section 7.
2
(c) Rights Upon Termination. Upon Executives voluntary termination of employment or the
Companys termination of Executives employment for Cause,
Executive shall only be entitled to the
compensation, benefits and reimbursements described in
Sections 1, 2, and 3 for the period preceding
the effective date of the termination and no other benefits. Upon the Companys termination of
Executives employment other than for Cause, Executive shall only be entitled to the compensation,
benefits and reimbursements described in Sections 1, 2, and 3 for the period preceding the
effective date of the termination and the severance pay benefits described in Section 6. The
payments under this Agreement shall fully discharge all responsibilities of the Company to
Executive. This Agreement shall terminate when all obligations of the parties hereunder have
been satisfied.
(d) Rights Upon Death or Disability. If Executives Employment ends due to death, Executives
estate shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to his target bonus for the fiscal year in
which his death occurred, prorated based on the number of days he was employed by the Company
during that fiscal year. If Executives Employment ends due to Permanent Disability (as such term
is defined below), Executive shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to his target bonus for
the fiscal year in which his employment ended, prorated based on the number of days he was employed
by the Company during that fiscal year, and the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act
(COBRA) benefits described in the next sentence. If Executive or his personal representative
elects to continue health insurance coverage under COBRA for Executive and his dependents following
the termination of his employment, then the Company will pay the monthly premium under COBRA until
the earliest of (a) the close of the 24-month period following the termination of his employment,
(b) the expiration of his continuation coverage under COBRA or (c) the date he becomes eligible for
substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with
new employment.
6. Termination Benefits.
(a) Preconditions. Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, Subsections
(b) and (c) below shall not apply unless the Executive:
(i) Has executed a general release of all claims (in a form substantially
similar to the release set forth on Exhibit A);
(ii) Has returned all property of the Company in the Executives possession;
provided, however, that Executive shall be allowed to keep and own the
Company-provided laptop computer(s) (provided that Company shall ensure that all
Company information with respect to such laptop computer(s) is deleted)/monitor(s)
and related accessories, mobile telephone and related accessories, printer(s), and
mobile telephone number; and
(iii) If requested by the Board, has resigned as a member of the Board
and as a member of the boards of directors of all subsidiaries of the Company, to
the extent applicable.
3
(b) Severance Pay in the Absence of a Change in Control. If, during the term
of this Agreement and prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control or more than 12 months
following a Change in Control, the Company terminates the Executives employment with the
Company for a reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability (as such terms are defined
below), then the Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum severance payment equal to (i) one
and one-half times his Base Salary in effect at the time of the termination of Employment and
(ii) his average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years. If, during the term of
this Agreement and prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control or more than 12 months
following a Change in Control, Executive resigns his Employment for Good Reason (as such term
is defined below), then the Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum severance payment equal
to (i) one times his Base Salary in effect at the time of the termination of Employment and
(ii) his average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, in the event that the Executive is terminated or resigns his
Employment for Good Reason under this subsection (b) within the initial two years of this
Agreement, then in lieu of using the average bonus received in the immediately preceding two
years for the above calculation, such calculation shall include his Target Bonus Amount if
such termination under this Subsection (b) occurs in the first year of the Agreement and the
actual bonus the Executive received during the initial year of the Agreement if such
termination under this Subsection (b) occurs in the second year of the Agreement. However, the
amount of the severance payment under this Subsection (b) shall be reduced by the amount of
any severance pay or pay in lieu of notice that the Executive receives from the Company under
a federal or state statute (including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and
Retraining Notification Act). The severance payments under this Subsection (b) shall in no
event commence prior to the earliest date permitted by Section 409A(a)(2) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). If the commencement of such severance
payments must be delayed, as determined by the Company, then the deferred installments shall be
paid in a lump sum on the earliest practicable date permitted by Section 409A(a)(2) of the
Code.
(c) Severance Pay in Connection with a Change in Control. If, during the term of
this Agreement and within 12 months following a Change in Control, the Company
terminates the Executives employment with the Company for a reason other than Cause or
Permanent Disability or the Executive resigns his Employment for Good Reason, then the
Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum severance payment equal to two times his Base
Salary in effect at the time of the termination of Employment plus two times the
Executives average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that the Executive is
terminated or resigns his Employment for Good Reason under this subsection (c) within
the initial two years of this Agreement, then in lieu of using the average bonus
received in the immediately preceding two years for the above calculation, such
calculation shall include his Target Bonus Amount if such termination under this
Subsection (c) occurs in the first year of the Agreement and the actual bonus the
Executive received during the initial year of the Agreement if such termination under
this Subsection (c) occurs in the second year of the Agreement. However, the amount of
the severance payment under this Subsection (c) shall be reduced by the amount of any
severance pay or pay in lieu of notice that the Executive receives from the Company
under a federal or State statute (including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment
and Retraining Notification Act). The severance
4
payments under this Subsection (c) shall in no event commence prior to the earliest date
permitted by Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code. If the commencement of such severance
payments must be delayed, as determined by the Company, then the deferred installments
shall be paid in a lump sum on the earliest practicable date permitted by Section
409A(a)(2) of the Code.
(d) Parachute Taxes. If amounts paid or payable or distributed or distributable
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (the Total Payments) would be subject to the excise
tax imposed by section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code),
and the regulations thereunder or any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax
(such excise tax and any such interest or penalties are collectively referred to as the
Excise Tax), then the Total Payments shall be reduced to ensure that the Total Payments are
not subject to Excise Tax. In determining whether to cap the Total Payments, compensation or
other amounts that the Executive is entitled to receive other than pursuant to this Agreement
shall be disregarded. All determinations and calculations required to be made under this
provision will be made by an independent accounting firm selected by Executive from among the
largest eight accounting firms in the United States (the Accounting Firm). If the
Accounting Firm determines that the Total Payments are to be reduced under the preceding
sentences, then the Company will promptly give Executive notice to that effect and a copy of
the detailed calculation thereof. Executive may then elect, in his sole discretion, which and
how much of the Total Payments are to be eliminated or reduced (as long as after such
election no Excise Tax will be payable), and Executive will advise the Company in writing of
his election within 10 business days of receipt of notice. If Executive makes no such
election within such 10-day period, then the Company may elect which and how much of the
Total Payments are to be eliminated or reduced (as long as after such election no Excise Tax
will be payable), and it will notify Executive promptly of such election. The fees of the
Accounting Firm shall be paid by the Company.
(e) Definition of Cause. For all purposes under this Agreement, Cause shall mean:
(i) An unauthorized use or disclosure by the Executive of the
Companys confidential information or trade secrets, which use or
disclosure causes material harm to the Company;
(ii) A material breach by the Executive of any material agreement
between the Executive and the Company;
(iii) A material failure by the Executive to comply with the Companys
written policies or rules;
(iv) The Executives conviction of, or plea of guilty or no
contest to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State
thereof;
(v) The Executives gross negligence or willful misconduct which
causes material harm to the Company;
5
(vi) A continued failure by the Executive to perform reasonably
assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from
the Board; or
(vii) A failure by the Executive to cooperate in good faith
with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its
directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested the Executives
reasonable cooperation.
(f) Definition of Good Reason. Good Reason exists upon:
(i) a change in the Executives position with the Company that
materially reduces his level of authority or responsibility;
(ii) a reduction in the Executives base salary or Target Bonus
Amount by more than 10% unless pursuant to a Company-wide salary reduction
affecting all Executives proportionately;
(iii) a substantial reduction, without good business reasons,
of the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location)
available to the Executive immediately prior to such reduction;
(iv) a material reduction in the kind or level of employee benefits to
which the Executive is entitled immediately prior to such reduction with
the result that the Executives overall benefits package is significantly
reduced, unless such reduction is made in connection with a reduction in
the kind or level of employee benefits of employees of the Company
generally;
(v) relocation of the Executives principal workplace by more than 50 miles
at the request of the Company; or
(vi) the Executive no longer reporting to the Companys Chief Executive
Officer or President.
(g) Definition of Permanent Disability. For all purposes under this Agreement,
Permanent Disability shall mean the Executives inability to perform the essential functions
of the Executives position, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at
least 120 consecutive days because of a physical or mental impairment.
7. Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure.
(a) Non-Solicitation. During the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and
continuing until the second anniversary of the date the Executives Employment terminated
for any reason, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly, personally or through
others, solicit or attempt to solicit (on the Executives own behalf or on behalf of any
other person or entity) either (i) the employment of any employee or consultant of the
Company or any of the Companys affiliates or (ii) the business of any customer of the
Company or any of the Companys affiliates in a manner that could constitute engaging
in sale of goods or services in or
6
for a Restricted Business (as defined below) or otherwise interferes with
Companys relationship with such customer.
(b) Non-Competition. As one of the Companys executive and management personnel and
officer, Executive has obtained extensive and valuable knowledge and confidential information
concerning the business of the Company, including certain trade secrets the Company wishes to
protect. Executive further acknowledges that during his employment he will have access to and
knowledge of Proprietary Information (as defined below). To protect the Companys Proprietary
Information, Executives agrees that during his employment with the Company, whether full-time
or half-time and for a period of 24 months after his last day of employment with the Company,
he will not directly or indirectly engage in (whether as an employee,
consultant, proprietor,
partner, director or otherwise), or have any ownership interest in, or participate in the
financing, operation, management or control of, any person, firm, corporation or business
that engages in a Restricted Business in a Restricted Territory as defined below. It is
agreed that ownership of (i) no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting stock of
a publicly traded corporation, or (ii) any stock he presently owns shall not constitute a
violation of this provision.
(c) Definitions.
The term Proprietary Information shall mean any and all confidential
and/or proprietary knowledge, data or information of the Company. By way of illustration
but not limitation, Proprietary Information includes (a) trade secrets, inventions, mask
works, ideas, processes, formulas, source and object codes, data, programs, other works of
authorship, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques; and
(b) information regarding plans for research, development, new products, marketing and
selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and
costs, suppliers and customers; and (c) information regarding the skills and compensation of
other employees of the Company. Restricted Business shall mean the design, development,
marketing or sales of software, or any other process, system, product, or service marketed,
sold or under development by the Company at the time Executives employment with the Company
ends. Restricted Territory shall mean any state, county, or locality in the United States
in which the Company conducts business.
(d) Reasonable. Executive agrees and acknowledges that the time limitation on the
restrictions in this Section 7, combined with the geographic scope, is reasonable. Executive
also acknowledges and agrees that this provision is reasonably necessary for the protection
of Proprietary Information, that through his employment he shall receive adequate
consideration for any loss of opportunity associated with the provisions herein, and that
these provisions provide a reasonable way of protecting the Companys business value which
will be imparted to him. If any restriction set forth in this Section 7 is found by any court
of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of
time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be
interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic
area as to which it may be enforceable.
(e) Non-Disclosure. The Executive has entered into a Proprietary
Information and Inventions Agreement with the Company, which is incorporated herein by this
reference.
7
8. Successors.
(a) Companys Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor
(whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation,
liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Companys business and/or
assets. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term Company shall include any successor
to the Companys business and/or assets which becomes bound by this Agreement.
(b) Employees Successors. This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder
shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Executives personal or legal
representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and
legatees.
9. Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a) Notice. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered,
when delivered by FedEx with delivery charges prepaid, or when mailed by U.S. registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of the Executive,
mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address that he most recently
communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be
addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention
of its Secretary.
(b) Modifications and Waivers. No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived
or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed
by the Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other
than the Executive). No
waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of
this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or
provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.
(c) Whole Agreement. No other agreements, representations or
understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that are not
expressly set forth in this Agreement have been made or entered into by either party with
respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement and the Proprietary Information and
Inventions Agreement contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof.
(d) Taxes. All payments made under this Agreement shall be subject to reduction to
reflect taxes or other charges required to be withheld by law. The Company shall not have a
duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes the Executives tax
liabilities, and the Executive shall not make any claim against the Company or the Board
related to tax liabilities arising from the Executives compensation.
(e) Choice of Law and Severability. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the State of New Jersey (except their provisions governing the choice of
law). If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is deemed invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any applicable jurisdiction by reason of the scope, extent or duration of
its coverage, then such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to
8
conform to applicable law so as to be valid and enforceable or, if such provision cannot
be so amended without materially altering the intention of the parties, then such
provision shall be stricken and the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full
force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement is rendered illegal by any present
or future statute, law, ordinance or regulation (collectively the Law), then such
provision shall be curtailed or limited only to the minimum extent necessary to bring
such provision into compliance with the Law. All the other terms and provisions of this
Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without impairment or limitation.
(f) No Assignment. This Agreement and all rights and obligations of the Executive
hereunder are personal to the Executive and may not be transferred or assigned by the
Executive at any time. The Company may assign its rights under this Agreement to any
entity that assumes the Companys obligations hereunder in connection with any sale or
transfer of all or a substantial portion of the Companys assets to such entity.
(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one
and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of
the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Mark Mendes
Mark Mendes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
Stephen G. Waldis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and President |
|
|
9
EXHIBIT A
[form of release]
[date]
[employee]
Dear [employee]:
This Mutual Release (Agreement) is made by and between Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the
Company) and (Employee).
1. (a) In consideration for receiving the benefits described in your Employment Agreement upon
termination, you waive and release and promise never to assert any claims or causes of action,
whether or not now known, against the Company or its predecessors, successors, or past or present
subsidiaries, officers, directors, agents, affiliates, employees and assigns, with respect to any
matter, including but not limited to, any matter arising out of or connected with your employment
with the Company or the termination of that employment, including without limitation, claims of
wrongful discharge, emotional distress, defamation, fraud, breach of contract, breach of the
covenant of good faith and fair dealing, failure to provide accommodation, any claims of
discrimination or harassment based on sex, age, race, national origin, disability or on any other
basis, under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Pennsylvania Human Relation
Act, The Pennsylvania Wage Payment and Collection Law, as amended, the Americans with Disabilities
Act and all other laws and regulations, and common law relating to
employment. [need to conform to
state regulations]
(b) In exchange for the covenants and agreements set forth herein, the Company hereby
releases, acquits, and forever discharges you, and each of your agents, attorneys, heirs,
executors, or assigns, past, present and future, of and from any and
all claims, liabilities,
demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, attorneys fees,
damages, indemnities and obligations
of every kind and nature, in law, equity, or otherwise, known and unknown, suspected and
unsuspected, disclosed and undisclosed, arising out of or in any way related to your employment
(including termination thereof) at any time up to and including the date of this letter as set
forth above.
2. You expressly waive and release any and all rights and benefits under Section 1542 of the Civil
Code of the State of California (or any analogous law of any other state), which reads as follows:
A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist
in his favor at the time of executing the release, which, if known by him, must have materially
affected his settlement with the debtor.
10
3. At all times in the future, you will remain bound by the Companys Proprietary Information
and Invention Agreement (PIIA) signed by you on
September 12, 2008, a copy of which is attached.
4. You hereby agree that your Employment Agreement with the company is hereby terminate except that
[payments due] will survive such termination. [language will vary depending on reason for
termination.]
5. You agree that you will not disclose to others the fact or terms of this Agreement,
except that you may disclose such information to your attorney or accountant in order for
such individuals to render services to you or as required by valid subpoena from federal or
state court.
6. You agree that except as expressly provided in Paragraphs 3 and 4 of this Agreement,
this Agreement renders null and void any and all prior agreements between you and the
Company. You and the Company agree that, except as set forth in Paragraphs 3 and 4 above,
this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the
subject matter of this Agreement, and that this Agreement may be modified only in a written
document signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.
7. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State
of New Jersey.
8. You agree that this Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an
original, but all of which together shall constitute one agreement. Execution of a facsimile
copy shall have the same force and effect as execution of an original, and a facsimile
signature shall be deemed an original and valid signature.
9. You acknowledge that by this agreement you have been informed to review this agreement
with counsel. You further acknowledge that you understand the consequences of this agreement
and the release(s) that it contains.
10. You have up to twenty-one (21) days after receipt of this Agreement within which to
review it, and to discuss it with an attorney of your own choosing
regarding whether or not
you wish to execute it. Furthermore, you have seven (7) days after you have signed this
Agreement during which time you may revoke this Agreement.
11. If you wish to revoke this Agreement, you may do so by delivering a letter of
revocation to me within seven (7) days. Because of this revocation period, you understand
that this Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until the eighth day after
the date you sign this Agreement.
Please indicate your agreement with the above terms by signing below.
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sincerely, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Holly S. Marston,
|
|
|
|
|
Director of Human Resources |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
My agreement with the above terms is signified by my signature below. Furthermore, I
acknowledge that I have read and understand this Agreement and that I sign this release of all
claims voluntarily, with full appreciation that at no time in the future may I pursue any of the
rights I have waived in this Agreement. |
|
|
|
Signed:
/s/ Mark
Mendes
|
|
Dated: 9-12-08 |
12
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT
The following confirms an agreement between Mark Mendes and Synchronoss
Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (and together with its subsidiaries,
the Company), which is a material part of the consideration for my employment
by Company:
1.
No Conflicts. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any
agreement either written or oral in conflict with this Agreement or my employment with Company
other than my Employment Agreement dated as of September 12, 2008. I will not violate any agreement
with or rights of any third party or, except as expressly authorized by Company in writing
hereafter, use or disclose my own or any third partys confidential information or intellectual
property when acting within the scope of my employment or otherwise on behalf of Company. Further,
I have not retained anything containing any confidential information of a prior employer or other
third party, whether or not created by me. For purposes of this Agreement, Wisor Telecom shall not
be deemed to be a prior employer.
2. Assignment of Inventions.
Company shall own all right, title and interest (including patent rights, copyright rights,
trade secret rights, mask work rights, sui generis database rights and all other intellectual and
industrial property rights of any sort throughout the world) relating to any and all inventions
(whether or not patentable), works of authorship, mask works, designs, know-how, ideas and
information (collectively, Rights) made or conceived or reduced to practice, in whole or in
part, by me during the term of my employment with Company to and only to the fullest extent
allowed by applicable law and which arise out of research or any other activities conducted by,
for or under the direction of Company, whether or not conducted at Companys facilities, during
working hours or using Company assets, or
which relate directly or indirectly to methods, materials, apparatus, formulations, programs,
computer programs, designs, plans, models, specifications, techniques, products,
processes or devices, sold, leased, used or under consideration or development by Company
(collectively Inventions) and I will promptly disclose
all Inventions to Company. The term
Inventions shall not include any Rights that I develop (i) entirely on my own time (ii) without use
of Company assets, (iii) that do not relate to methods, materials, apparatus, formulations,
programs, computer programs, designs, plans, models, specifications, techniques,
products, processes or devices, sold, leased, used or under consideration or development by
Company and (iv) that could not be used by a Competing Business. I hereby make all assignments
to Company necessary to accomplish the foregoing. I shall further assist Company, at
Companys expense, to further evidence, record and perfect such assignments, and to perfect,
obtain, maintain, enforce, and defend any rights specified to be so owned or assigned. I hereby
irrevocably designate and appoint Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact to act for and in my
behalf to execute and file any document and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the
purposes of the foregoing with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. If I wish
to clarify that something created by me prior to my employment that relates to Companys actual or
proposed business is not within the scope of this Agreement, I have listed it on Appendix A. If I
use or disclose my own or any third partys confidential information or intellectual
property when acting within the
scope of my employment or otherwise on behalf of Company, Company will have and I hereby
grant to Company a perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide royalty-free, non-exclusive, sublicensable
right and license to exploit and exercise all such confidential information and intellectual
property rights therein.
To the extent allowed by law, the terms of this Section 2 include all rights of paternity,
integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as
moral rights, artists rights, droit moral, or the like (collectively Moral Rights). To the
extent I retain any such Moral Rights under applicable law, I hereby ratify and consent to any
action that may be taken with respect to such Moral Rights by or authorized by Company and agree
not to assert any Moral Rights with respect thereto. I will confirm any such ratifications,
consents and agreements from time to time as requested by Company.
3. Proprietary Information. I agree that all Inventions and all other business, technical
and financial information (including, without limitation, the identity of and information relating
to customers, vendors, business partners or employees of Company) I develop, learn or obtain
during the term of my employment that relate to Company or the business or demonstrably
anticipated business of Company or that are received by or for Company in confidence, constitute
Proprietary Information. I will hold in confidence and not disclose or, except within the scope
of my employment, use any Proprietary Information. However, I shall not be obligated under this
paragraph with respect to information I can document is or becomes readily publicly available
without restriction through no fault of mine. Upon termination of my employment, I will
promptly return to Company all items containing or embodying Proprietary Information
(including all copies), except that I may keep my personal copies of (i) my compensation records,
(ii) materials distributed to shareholders generally and
(iii) this Agreement. I also recognize and
agree that I have no expectation of privacy with respect to Companys telecommunications,
networking or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files,
email messages and voice messages) and that my activity and any files or messages on or using any
of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.
4. Employment at Will. I agree that this Agreement is not an employment contract
for any particular term and that I have the right to resign and Company has the right to terminate
my employment at will, at any time, for any or no reason, with or without cause. In addition,
this Agreement does not purport to set forth all of the terms and conditions of my employment, and,
as an employee of Company, I have obligations to Company which are not set forth in this Agreement.
However, the terms of this Agreement govern over any inconsistent terms and can only
be changed by a subsequent written agreement signed by the President of Company. The Company
and I agree, however, that nothing in this Agreement is inconsistent with the terms and
conditions of the Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and me.
5.
Survival. I agree that my obligations under paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 of this
Agreement shall continue in effect after termination of my employment, regardless of the reason
or reasons for termination, and whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary on my part,
and that Company is entitled to communicate my obligations under this Agreement to any
future employer
2
I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND I UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT THE OBLIGATIONS
WHICH IT IMPOSES UPON ME WITHOUT RESERVATION. NO PROMISES OR REPRESENTATIONS HAVE BEEN
MADE TO ME TO INDUCE ME TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT. I SIGN THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND
FREELY, IN DUPLICATE, WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT ONE COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY
COMPANY AND THE OTHER COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY ME.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. |
|
EMPLOYEE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Mark A. Mendes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Mark A. Mendes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
9-12-08 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appendix A
PRIOR MATTER
Patent
on Telephone Testing gear between myself, C. Tuerner and Rochester
Telephone.
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
|
(1) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-136088) pertaining to the 2006 Equity
Incentive Plan, |
|
|
(2) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-164619) of Synchronoss Technologies,
Inc., |
|
|
(3) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-167000) pertaining to the 2006 Equity
Incentive Plan; and |
|
|
(4) |
|
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-168745) pertaining to the 2010 New
Hire Equity Incentive Plan; |
of our reports dated March 4, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and
schedule of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2010.
/s/ Ernst
& Young LLP
MetroPark, New Jersey
March 4, 2011
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Stephen G. Waldis, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. for
the year ended December 31, 2010;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of
the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants
internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report
financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting.
Dated: March 3, 2011
/s/ Stephen G. Waldis
Stephen G. Waldis
Chief Executive Officer and President
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Lawrence R. Irving, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. for
the year ended December 31, 2010;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of
the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants
internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report
financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting.
Dated: March 3, 2011
/s/ Lawrence R. Irving
Lawrence R. Irving
Chief Financial Officer
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Synchronoss Technologies Inc. (the Company) on Form 10-K
for the period ending December 31, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the
date hereof (the Report), I, Steve Waldis, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
/s/ Stephen G. Waldis
Stephen G. Waldis
Chief Executive Officer
March 3, 2011
exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the Company) on Form 10-K
for the period ending December 31, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the
date hereof (the Report), I, Lawrence Irving, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
/s/ Lawrence R. Irving
Lawrence R. Irving
Chief Financial Officer
March 3, 2011